e1000_hw.c 233.6 KB
Newer Older
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1 2 3
/*******************************************************************************

  
4
  Copyright(c) 1999 - 2005 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
  
  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it 
  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free 
  Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) 
  any later version.
  
  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT 
  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or 
  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for 
  more details.
  
  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
  this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 
  Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
  
  The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in the
  file called LICENSE.
  
  Contact Information:
  Linux NICS <linux.nics@intel.com>
  Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497

*******************************************************************************/

/* e1000_hw.c
 * Shared functions for accessing and configuring the MAC
 */

#include "e1000_hw.h"

static int32_t e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
static void e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
static void e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t data,
                                     uint16_t count);
static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
                                      uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                                            uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
                                            uint16_t *data);
static int32_t e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
static void e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
static void e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t data,
                                    uint16_t count);
static int32_t e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
                                      uint16_t phy_data);
static int32_t e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,uint32_t reg_addr,
                                     uint16_t *phy_data);
static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t count);
static int32_t e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw);
69 70
static int32_t e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint8_t *buffer);
static uint8_t e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length);
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102
static uint8_t e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t *polarity);
static void e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
						  boolean_t link_up);
static int32_t e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw,
				      uint16_t *min_length,
				      uint16_t *max_length);
static int32_t e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw * hw);
static void e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static boolean_t e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd);
static void e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
				      uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
static int32_t e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
static int32_t e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
static int32_t e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw);

static void e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t offset,
			       uint32_t value);

#define E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(a, reg, val) \
	    e1000_write_reg_io((a), E1000_##reg, val)
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115

/* IGP cable length table */
static const
uint16_t e1000_igp_cable_length_table[IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
    { 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
      5, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 25, 25, 25,
      25, 25, 25, 25, 30, 30, 30, 30, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40,
      40, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
      60, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 90, 90, 90,
      90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
      100, 100, 100, 100, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110,
      110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120};

116 117
static const
uint16_t e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125
    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 5, 8, 11, 13, 16, 18, 21,
      0, 0, 0, 3, 6, 10, 13, 16, 19, 23, 26, 29, 32, 35, 38, 41,
      6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 33, 37, 41, 44, 48, 51, 54, 58, 61,
      21, 26, 31, 35, 40, 44, 49, 53, 57, 61, 65, 68, 72, 75, 79, 82,
      40, 45, 51, 56, 61, 66, 70, 75, 79, 83, 87, 91, 94, 98, 101, 104,
      60, 66, 72, 77, 82, 87, 92, 96, 100, 104, 108, 111, 114, 117, 119, 121,
      83, 89, 95, 100, 105, 109, 113, 116, 119, 122, 124,
      104, 109, 114, 118, 121, 124};
126

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137

/******************************************************************************
 * Set the phy type member in the hw struct.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_type");

138 139 140
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_undefined)
        return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
141 142 143 144
    switch(hw->phy_id) {
    case M88E1000_E_PHY_ID:
    case M88E1000_I_PHY_ID:
    case M88E1011_I_PHY_ID:
145
    case M88E1111_I_PHY_ID:
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338
        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_m88;
        break;
    case IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID:
        if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 ||
           hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
           hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
           hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
            hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp;
            break;
        }
        /* Fall Through */
    default:
        /* Should never have loaded on this device */
        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_undefined;
        return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * IGP phy init script - initializes the GbE PHY
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_saved_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_init_script");

    if(hw->phy_init_script) {
        msec_delay(20);

        /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
         * the end of this routine. */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);

        /* Disabled the PHY transmitter */
        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);

        msec_delay(20);

        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,0x0000,0x0140);

        msec_delay(5);

        switch(hw->mac_type) {
        case e1000_82541:
        case e1000_82547:
            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F95, 0x0001);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F71, 0xBD21);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F79, 0x0018);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F30, 0x1600);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F31, 0x0014);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F32, 0x161C);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F94, 0x0003);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F96, 0x003F);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2010, 0x0008);
            break;

        case e1000_82541_rev_2:
        case e1000_82547_rev_2:
            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F73, 0x0099);
            break;
        default:
            break;
        }

        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000, 0x3300);

        msec_delay(20);

        /* Now enable the transmitter */
        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);

        if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82547) {
            uint16_t fused, fine, coarse;

            /* Move to analog registers page */
            e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);

            if(!(fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_ENABLED)) {
                e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);

                fine = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK;
                coarse = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK;

                if(coarse > IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH) {
                    coarse -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_10;
                    fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_1;
                } else if(coarse == IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH)
                    fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_10;

                fused = (fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_POLY_MASK) |
                        (fine & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK) |
                        (coarse & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK);

                e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_CONTROL, fused);
                e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_BYPASS,
                                    IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_ENABLE_SW_CONTROL);
            }
        }
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Set the mac type member in the hw struct.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_set_mac_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_mac_type");

    switch (hw->device_id) {
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82542:
        switch (hw->revision_id) {
        case E1000_82542_2_0_REV_ID:
            hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_0;
            break;
        case E1000_82542_2_1_REV_ID:
            hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_1;
            break;
        default:
            /* Invalid 82542 revision ID */
            return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
        }
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_COPPER:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82543;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_LOM:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82544;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM_LOM:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LOM:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LP:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82540;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_FIBER:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82545;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82545_rev_3;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82546;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_PCIE:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82546_rev_3;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI_MOBILE:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82541;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_LF:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_MOBILE:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82541_rev_2;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82547;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82547GI:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82547_rev_2;
        break;
339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
            hw->mac_type = e1000_82571;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82572;
        break;
349 350
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E_IAMT:
351
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82573L:
352 353
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82573;
        break;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
354 355 356 357 358 359
    default:
        /* Should never have loaded on this device */
        return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
    }

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
360 361
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
362 363 364
    case e1000_82573:
        hw->eeprom_semaphore_present = TRUE;
        /* fall through */
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397
    case e1000_82541:
    case e1000_82547:
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
        hw->asf_firmware_present = TRUE;
        break;
    default:
        break;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 * Set media type and TBI compatibility.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * **************************************************************************/
void
e1000_set_media_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t status;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_media_type");

    if(hw->mac_type != e1000_82543) {
        /* tbi_compatibility is only valid on 82543 */
        hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
    }

    switch (hw->device_id) {
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
398 399
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
400 401 402
        hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_internal_serdes;
        break;
    default:
403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414
        switch (hw->mac_type) {
        case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
        case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
            hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
            break;
        case e1000_82573:
            /* The STATUS_TBIMODE bit is reserved or reused for the this
             * device.
             */
            hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
            break;
        default:
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
415
            status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
416
            if (status & E1000_STATUS_TBIMODE) {
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
417 418 419 420 421 422
                hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
                /* tbi_compatibility not valid on fiber */
                hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
            } else {
                hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
            }
423
            break;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440
        }
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reset the transmit and receive units; mask and clear all interrupts.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_reset_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint32_t ctrl_ext;
    uint32_t icr;
    uint32_t manc;
    uint32_t led_ctrl;
441 442 443
    uint32_t timeout;
    uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
    int32_t ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_hw");

    /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI before issuing a device reset */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
        DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
        e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
    }

453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461
    if(hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci_express) {
        /* Prevent the PCI-E bus from sticking if there is no TLP connection
         * on the last TLP read/write transaction when MAC is reset.
         */
        if(e1000_disable_pciex_master(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS) {
            DEBUGOUT("PCI-E Master disable polling has failed.\n");
        }
    }

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485
    /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
    DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);

    /* Disable the Transmit and Receive units.  Then delay to allow
     * any pending transactions to complete before we hit the MAC with
     * the global reset.
     */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, E1000_TCTL_PSP);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

    /* The tbi_compatibility_on Flag must be cleared when Rctl is cleared. */
    hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;

    /* Delay to allow any outstanding PCI transactions to complete before
     * resetting the device
     */
    msec_delay(10);

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    /* Must reset the PHY before resetting the MAC */
    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
486
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST));
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
487 488 489
        msec_delay(5);
    }

490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511
    /* Must acquire the MDIO ownership before MAC reset.
     * Ownership defaults to firmware after a reset. */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        timeout = 10;

        extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
        extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;

        do {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
            extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);

            if(extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP)
                break;
            else
                extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;

            msec_delay(2);
            timeout--;
        } while(timeout);
    }

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564
    /* Issue a global reset to the MAC.  This will reset the chip's
     * transmit, receive, DMA, and link units.  It will not effect
     * the current PCI configuration.  The global reset bit is self-
     * clearing, and should clear within a microsecond.
     */
    DEBUGOUT("Issuing a global reset to MAC\n");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
        case e1000_82544:
        case e1000_82540:
        case e1000_82545:
        case e1000_82546:
        case e1000_82541:
        case e1000_82541_rev_2:
            /* These controllers can't ack the 64-bit write when issuing the
             * reset, so use IO-mapping as a workaround to issue the reset */
            E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
            break;
        case e1000_82545_rev_3:
        case e1000_82546_rev_3:
            /* Reset is performed on a shadow of the control register */
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_DUP, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
            break;
        default:
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
            break;
    }

    /* After MAC reset, force reload of EEPROM to restore power-on settings to
     * device.  Later controllers reload the EEPROM automatically, so just wait
     * for reload to complete.
     */
    switch(hw->mac_type) {
        case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
        case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
        case e1000_82543:
        case e1000_82544:
            /* Wait for reset to complete */
            udelay(10);
            ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
            ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
            E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
            /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
            msec_delay(2);
            break;
        case e1000_82541:
        case e1000_82541_rev_2:
        case e1000_82547:
        case e1000_82547_rev_2:
            /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
            msec_delay(20);
            break;
565
        case e1000_82573:
J
Jeff Kirsher 已提交
566 567 568 569 570 571 572
            if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
                udelay(10);
                ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
                ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
                E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
            }
573
            /* fall through */
574 575
        case e1000_82571:
        case e1000_82572:
576 577 578 579 580
            ret_val = e1000_get_auto_rd_done(hw);
            if(ret_val)
                /* We don't want to continue accessing MAC registers. */
                return ret_val;
            break;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
581 582 583 584 585 586 587
        default:
            /* Wait for EEPROM reload (it happens automatically) */
            msec_delay(5);
            break;
    }

    /* Disable HW ARPs on ASF enabled adapters */
588
    if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82540 && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640
        manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
        manc &= ~(E1000_MANC_ARP_EN);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MANC, manc);
    }

    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
        e1000_phy_init_script(hw);

        /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
        led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
        led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
        led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
    }

    /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
    DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);

    /* Clear any pending interrupt events. */
    icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);

    /* If MWI was previously enabled, reenable it. */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
        if(hw->pci_cmd_word & CMD_MEM_WRT_INVALIDATE)
            e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Performs basic configuration of the adapter.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Assumes that the controller has previously been reset and is in a
 * post-reset uninitialized state. Initializes the receive address registers,
 * multicast table, and VLAN filter table. Calls routines to setup link
 * configuration and flow control settings. Clears all on-chip counters. Leaves
 * the transmit and receive units disabled and uninitialized.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_init_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint32_t i;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t pcix_cmd_word;
    uint16_t pcix_stat_hi_word;
    uint16_t cmd_mmrbc;
    uint16_t stat_mmrbc;
641 642
    uint32_t mta_size;

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_hw");

    /* Initialize Identification LED */
    ret_val = e1000_id_led_init(hw);
    if(ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Initializing Identification LED\n");
        return ret_val;
    }

    /* Set the media type and TBI compatibility */
    e1000_set_media_type(hw);

    /* Disabling VLAN filtering. */
    DEBUGOUT("Initializing the IEEE VLAN\n");
657 658
    if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82545_rev_3)
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, VET, 0);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685
    e1000_clear_vfta(hw);

    /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI and put the receiver into reset */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
        DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
        e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, E1000_RCTL_RST);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        msec_delay(5);
    }

    /* Setup the receive address. This involves initializing all of the Receive
     * Address Registers (RARs 0 - 15).
     */
    e1000_init_rx_addrs(hw);

    /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), take the receiver out of reset and enable MWI */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        msec_delay(1);
        if(hw->pci_cmd_word & CMD_MEM_WRT_INVALIDATE)
            e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
    }

    /* Zero out the Multicast HASH table */
    DEBUGOUT("Zeroing the MTA\n");
686 687
    mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE;
    for(i = 0; i < mta_size; i++)
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
688 689 690 691
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);

    /* Set the PCI priority bit correctly in the CTRL register.  This
     * determines if the adapter gives priority to receives, or if it
692 693
     * gives equal priority to transmits and receives.  Valid only on
     * 82542 and 82543 silicon.
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
694
     */
695
    if(hw->dma_fairness && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543) {
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PRIOR);
    }

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
        break;
    default:
        /* Workaround for PCI-X problem when BIOS sets MMRBC incorrectly. */
        if(hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pcix) {
            e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER, &pcix_cmd_word);
            e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_STATUS_REGISTER_HI,
                &pcix_stat_hi_word);
            cmd_mmrbc = (pcix_cmd_word & PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK) >>
                PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
            stat_mmrbc = (pcix_stat_hi_word & PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_MASK) >>
                PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_SHIFT;
            if(stat_mmrbc == PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_4K)
                stat_mmrbc = PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_2K;
            if(cmd_mmrbc > stat_mmrbc) {
                pcix_cmd_word &= ~PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK;
                pcix_cmd_word |= stat_mmrbc << PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
                e1000_write_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER,
                    &pcix_cmd_word);
            }
        }
        break;
    }

    /* Call a subroutine to configure the link and setup flow control. */
    ret_val = e1000_setup_link(hw);

    /* Set the transmit descriptor write-back policy */
    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL);
        ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
733 734 735
        switch (hw->mac_type) {
        default:
            break;
736 737 738
        case e1000_82571:
        case e1000_82572:
            ctrl |= (1 << 22);
739 740 741 742
        case e1000_82573:
            ctrl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
            break;
        }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
743 744 745
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL, ctrl);
    }

746 747 748 749
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(hw); 
    }

750 751 752 753
    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    default:
        break;
    case e1000_82571:
M
Mallikarjuna R Chilakala 已提交
754
    case e1000_82572:
755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL1);
        ctrl &= ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH;
        ctrl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
        ctrl |= (1 << 22);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL1, ctrl);
        break;
    }



    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        uint32_t gcr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GCR);
        gcr |= E1000_GCR_L1_ACT_WITHOUT_L0S_RX;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, gcr);
    }
770

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848
    /* Clear all of the statistics registers (clear on read).  It is
     * important that we do this after we have tried to establish link
     * because the symbol error count will increment wildly if there
     * is no link.
     */
    e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(hw);

    return ret_val;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Adjust SERDES output amplitude based on EEPROM setting.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint16_t eeprom_data;
    int32_t  ret_val;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude");

    if(hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
        break;
    default:
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    }

    ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE, 1, &eeprom_data);
    if (ret_val) {
        return ret_val;
    }

    if(eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) {
        /* Adjust SERDES output amplitude only. */
        eeprom_data &= EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE_MASK; 
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_EXT_CTRL, eeprom_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Configures flow control and link settings.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Determines which flow control settings to use. Calls the apropriate media-
 * specific link configuration function. Configures the flow control settings.
 * Assuming the adapter has a valid link partner, a valid link should be
 * established. Assumes the hardware has previously been reset and the
 * transmitter and receiver are not enabled.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_setup_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl_ext;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t eeprom_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_link");

    /* Read and store word 0x0F of the EEPROM. This word contains bits
     * that determine the hardware's default PAUSE (flow control) mode,
     * a bit that determines whether the HW defaults to enabling or
     * disabling auto-negotiation, and the direction of the
     * SW defined pins. If there is no SW over-ride of the flow
     * control setting, then the variable hw->fc will
     * be initialized based on a value in the EEPROM.
     */
J
Jeff Kirsher 已提交
849 850 851
    if (hw->fc == e1000_fc_default) {
        switch (hw->mac_type) {
        case e1000_82573:
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
852
            hw->fc = e1000_fc_full;
J
Jeff Kirsher 已提交
853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869
            break;
        default:
            ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
                                        1, &eeprom_data);
            if (ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
                return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
            }
            if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) == 0)
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;
            else if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) ==
                    EEPROM_WORD0F_ASM_DIR)
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_tx_pause;
            else
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_full;
            break;
        }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913
    }

    /* We want to save off the original Flow Control configuration just
     * in case we get disconnected and then reconnected into a different
     * hub or switch with different Flow Control capabilities.
     */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
        hw->fc &= (~e1000_fc_tx_pause);

    if((hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) && (hw->report_tx_early == 1))
        hw->fc &= (~e1000_fc_rx_pause);

    hw->original_fc = hw->fc;

    DEBUGOUT1("After fix-ups FlowControl is now = %x\n", hw->fc);

    /* Take the 4 bits from EEPROM word 0x0F that determine the initial
     * polarity value for the SW controlled pins, and setup the
     * Extended Device Control reg with that info.
     * This is needed because one of the SW controlled pins is used for
     * signal detection.  So this should be done before e1000_setup_pcs_link()
     * or e1000_phy_setup() is called.
     */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) {
        ctrl_ext = ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_SWPDIO_EXT) <<
                    SWDPIO__EXT_SHIFT);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
    }

    /* Call the necessary subroutine to configure the link. */
    ret_val = (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) ?
              e1000_setup_copper_link(hw) :
              e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(hw);

    /* Initialize the flow control address, type, and PAUSE timer
     * registers to their default values.  This is done even if flow
     * control is disabled, because it does not hurt anything to
     * initialize these registers.
     */
    DEBUGOUT("Initializing the Flow Control address, type and timer regs\n");

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAL, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_LOW);
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAH, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_HIGH);
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCT, FLOW_CONTROL_TYPE);
914

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCTTV, hw->fc_pause_time);

    /* Set the flow control receive threshold registers.  Normally,
     * these registers will be set to a default threshold that may be
     * adjusted later by the driver's runtime code.  However, if the
     * ability to transmit pause frames in not enabled, then these
     * registers will be set to 0.
     */
    if(!(hw->fc & e1000_fc_tx_pause)) {
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, 0);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, 0);
    } else {
        /* We need to set up the Receive Threshold high and low water marks
         * as well as (optionally) enabling the transmission of XON frames.
         */
        if(hw->fc_send_xon) {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, (hw->fc_low_water | E1000_FCRTL_XONE));
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
        } else {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, hw->fc_low_water);
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
        }
    }
    return ret_val;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Sets up link for a fiber based or serdes based adapter
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Manipulates Physical Coding Sublayer functions in order to configure
 * link. Assumes the hardware has been previously reset and the transmitter
 * and receiver are not enabled.
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint32_t status;
    uint32_t txcw = 0;
    uint32_t i;
    uint32_t signal = 0;
    int32_t ret_val;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link");

962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969
    /* On 82571 and 82572 Fiber connections, SerDes loopback mode persists
     * until explicitly turned off or a power cycle is performed.  A read to
     * the register does not indicate its status.  Therefore, we ensure
     * loopback mode is disabled during initialization.
     */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82572)
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SCTL, E1000_DISABLE_SERDES_LOOPBACK);

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092
    /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
     * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
     * cleared when there is a signal.  This applies to fiber media only.
     * If we're on serdes media, adjust the output amplitude to value set in
     * the EEPROM.
     */
    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber)
        signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;

    ret_val = e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(hw);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* Take the link out of reset */
    ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_LRST);

    /* Adjust VCO speed to improve BER performance */
    ret_val = e1000_set_vco_speed(hw);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);

    /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and setup
     * the device accordingly.  If auto-negotiation is enabled, then software
     * will have to set the "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Tranmsit
     * Config Word Register (TXCW) and re-start auto-negotiation.  However, if
     * auto-negotiation is disabled, then software will have to manually
     * configure the two flow control enable bits in the CTRL register.
     *
     * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
     *      0:  Flow control is completely disabled
     *      1:  Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames, but
     *          not send pause frames).
     *      2:  Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames but we do
     *          not support receiving pause frames).
     *      3:  Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
     */
    switch (hw->fc) {
    case e1000_fc_none:
        /* Flow control is completely disabled by a software over-ride. */
        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD);
        break;
    case e1000_fc_rx_pause:
        /* RX Flow control is enabled and TX Flow control is disabled by a
         * software over-ride. Since there really isn't a way to advertise
         * that we are capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
         * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later, we will
         *  disable the adapter's ability to send PAUSE frames.
         */
        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
        break;
    case e1000_fc_tx_pause:
        /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is disabled, by a
         * software over-ride.
         */
        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR);
        break;
    case e1000_fc_full:
        /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software over-ride. */
        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
        break;
    default:
        DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
        break;
    }

    /* Since auto-negotiation is enabled, take the link out of reset (the link
     * will be in reset, because we previously reset the chip). This will
     * restart auto-negotiation.  If auto-neogtiation is successful then the
     * link-up status bit will be set and the flow control enable bits (RFCE
     * and TFCE) will be set according to their negotiated value.
     */
    DEBUGOUT("Auto-negotiation enabled\n");

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, txcw);
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

    hw->txcw = txcw;
    msec_delay(1);

    /* If we have a signal (the cable is plugged in) then poll for a "Link-Up"
     * indication in the Device Status Register.  Time-out if a link isn't
     * seen in 500 milliseconds seconds (Auto-negotiation should complete in
     * less than 500 milliseconds even if the other end is doing it in SW).
     * For internal serdes, we just assume a signal is present, then poll.
     */
    if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes ||
       (E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL) & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal) {
        DEBUGOUT("Looking for Link\n");
        for(i = 0; i < (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10); i++) {
            msec_delay(10);
            status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
            if(status & E1000_STATUS_LU) break;
        }
        if(i == (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10)) {
            DEBUGOUT("Never got a valid link from auto-neg!!!\n");
            hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
            /* AutoNeg failed to achieve a link, so we'll call
             * e1000_check_for_link. This routine will force the link up if
             * we detect a signal. This will allow us to communicate with
             * non-autonegotiating link partners.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_check_for_link(hw);
            if(ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("Error while checking for link\n");
                return ret_val;
            }
            hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
        } else {
            hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
            DEBUGOUT("Valid Link Found\n");
        }
    } else {
        DEBUGOUT("No Signal Detected\n");
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
1093
* Make sure we have a valid PHY and change PHY mode before link setup.
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1094 1095 1096 1097
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
1098
e1000_copper_link_preconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1099 1100 1101 1102 1103
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

1104
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_preconfig");
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    /* With 82543, we need to force speed and duplex on the MAC equal to what
     * the PHY speed and duplex configuration is. In addition, we need to
     * perform a hardware reset on the PHY to take it out of reset.
     */
    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SLU;
        ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
    } else {
        ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX | E1000_CTRL_SLU);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1118 1119 1120
        ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147
    }

    /* Make sure we have a valid PHY */
    ret_val = e1000_detect_gig_phy(hw);
    if(ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error, did not detect valid phy.\n");
        return ret_val;
    }
    DEBUGOUT1("Phy ID = %x \n", hw->phy_id);

    /* Set PHY to class A mode (if necessary) */
    ret_val = e1000_set_phy_mode(hw);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) ||
       (hw->mac_type == e1000_82546_rev_3)) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
        phy_data |= 0x00000008;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
    }

    if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543 ||
       hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
       hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2)
        hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;

1148 1149
   return E1000_SUCCESS;
}
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1150 1151


1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162
/********************************************************************
* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_igp series.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*********************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t led_ctrl;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1163

1164
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_igp_setup");
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1165

1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173
    if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    
    ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
    if (ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
        return ret_val;
    }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1174

1175 1176
    /* Wait 10ms for MAC to configure PHY from eeprom settings */
    msec_delay(15);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1177

1178 1179 1180 1181 1182
    /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
    led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
    led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
    led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1183

1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189
    /* disable lplu d3 during driver init */
    ret_val = e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
    if (ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D3\n");
        return ret_val;
    }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1190

1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200
    /* disable lplu d0 during driver init */
    ret_val = e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
    if (ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D0\n");
        return ret_val;
    }
    /* Configure mdi-mdix settings */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1201

1202 1203 1204 1205 1206
    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
        hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_disabled;
        /* Force MDI for earlier revs of the IGP PHY */
        phy_data &= ~(IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX | IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX);
        hw->mdix = 1;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1207

1208 1209 1210
    } else {
        hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1211

1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227
        switch (hw->mdix) {
        case 1:
            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
            break;
        case 2:
            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
            break;
        case 0:
        default:
            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
            break;
        }
    }
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1228

1229 1230 1231
    /* set auto-master slave resolution settings */
    if(hw->autoneg) {
        e1000_ms_type phy_ms_setting = hw->master_slave;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1232

1233 1234
        if(hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active)
            hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1235

1236 1237
        if(hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated)
            hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1238

1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244
        /* when autonegotiation advertisment is only 1000Mbps then we
          * should disable SmartSpeed and enable Auto MasterSlave
          * resolution as hardware default. */
        if(hw->autoneg_advertised == ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
            /* Disable SmartSpeed */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1245 1246
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
1247 1248 1249 1250
            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
                                                  IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                                  phy_data);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1251 1252
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261
            /* Set auto Master/Slave resolution process */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1262

1263 1264 1265
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1266

1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272
        /* load defaults for future use */
        hw->original_master_slave = (phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE) ?
                                        ((phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_VALUE) ?
                                         e1000_ms_force_master :
                                         e1000_ms_force_slave) :
                                         e1000_ms_auto;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1273

1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289
        switch (phy_ms_setting) {
        case e1000_ms_force_master:
            phy_data |= (CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE | CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
            break;
        case e1000_ms_force_slave:
            phy_data |= CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
            phy_data &= ~(CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
            break;
        case e1000_ms_auto:
            phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
            default:
            break;
        }
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
1290
    }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1291

1292
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
1293
}
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1294 1295


1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305
/********************************************************************
* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_m88 series.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*********************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1306

1307
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup");
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1308

1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315
    if(hw->phy_reset_disable)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    
    /* Enable CRS on TX. This must be set for half-duplex operation. */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1316

1317
    phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1318

1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326
    /* Options:
     *   MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
     *   0 - Auto for all speeds
     *   1 - MDI mode
     *   2 - MDI-X mode
     *   3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
     */
    phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1327

1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348
    switch (hw->mdix) {
    case 1:
        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDI_MANUAL_MODE;
        break;
    case 2:
        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDIX_MANUAL_MODE;
        break;
    case 3:
        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_1000T;
        break;
    case 0:
    default:
        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
        break;
    }

    /* Options:
     *   disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
     *       Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
     *   0 - Disabled
     *   1 - Enabled
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1349
     */
1350 1351 1352 1353
    phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
    if(hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1354 1355
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372

    /* Force TX_CLK in the Extended PHY Specific Control Register
     * to 25MHz clock.
     */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;

    if (hw->phy_revision < M88E1011_I_REV_4) {
        /* Configure Master and Slave downshift values */
        phy_data &= ~(M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_MASK |
                              M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_MASK);
        phy_data |= (M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_1X |
                             M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_1X);
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1373 1374
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
1375
    }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1376

1377 1378 1379 1380 1381
    /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
    ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
    if(ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
        return ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1382 1383
    }

1384
   return E1000_SUCCESS;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1385 1386
}

1387 1388 1389
/********************************************************************
* Setup auto-negotiation and flow control advertisements,
* and then perform auto-negotiation.
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1390 1391
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1392 1393 1394
*********************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_copper_link_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1395 1396
{
    int32_t ret_val;
1397
    uint16_t phy_data;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1398

1399
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_autoneg");
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1400

1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423
    /* Perform some bounds checking on the hw->autoneg_advertised
     * parameter.  If this variable is zero, then set it to the default.
     */
    hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;

    /* If autoneg_advertised is zero, we assume it was not defaulted
     * by the calling code so we set to advertise full capability.
     */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised == 0)
        hw->autoneg_advertised = AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;

    DEBUGOUT("Reconfiguring auto-neg advertisement params\n");
    ret_val = e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(hw);
    if(ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Setting up Auto-Negotiation\n");
        return ret_val;
    }
    DEBUGOUT("Restarting Auto-Neg\n");

    /* Restart auto-negotiation by setting the Auto Neg Enable bit and
     * the Auto Neg Restart bit in the PHY control register.
     */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1424 1425 1426
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

1427 1428
    phy_data |= (MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN | MII_CR_RESTART_AUTO_NEG);
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1429 1430 1431
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593
    /* Does the user want to wait for Auto-Neg to complete here, or
     * check at a later time (for example, callback routine).
     */
    if(hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
        ret_val = e1000_wait_autoneg(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error while waiting for autoneg to complete\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }

    hw->get_link_status = TRUE;

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/******************************************************************************
* Config the MAC and the PHY after link is up.
*   1) Set up the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
*      if we are on 82543.  If we
*      are on newer silicon, we only need to configure
*      collision distance in the Transmit Control Register.
*   2) Set up flow control on the MAC to that established with
*      the link partner.
*   3) Config DSP to improve Gigabit link quality for some PHY revisions.    
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_copper_link_postconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_postconfig");
    
    if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544) {
        e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
    } else {
        ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }
    ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
    if(ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring Flow Control\n");
        return ret_val;
    }

    /* Config DSP to improve Giga link quality */
    if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
        ret_val = e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring DSP after link up\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }
                
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Detects which PHY is present and setup the speed and duplex
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t i;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_copper_link");

    /* Check if it is a valid PHY and set PHY mode if necessary. */
    ret_val = e1000_copper_link_preconfig(hw);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
        ret_val = e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(hw);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
        ret_val = e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(hw);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    if(hw->autoneg) {
        /* Setup autoneg and flow control advertisement 
          * and perform autonegotiation */   
        ret_val = e1000_copper_link_autoneg(hw);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;           
    } else {
        /* PHY will be set to 10H, 10F, 100H,or 100F
          * depending on value from forced_speed_duplex. */
        DEBUGOUT("Forcing speed and duplex\n");
        ret_val = e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error Forcing Speed and Duplex\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }

    /* Check link status. Wait up to 100 microseconds for link to become
     * valid.
     */
    for(i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if(phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
            /* Config the MAC and PHY after link is up */
            ret_val = e1000_copper_link_postconfig(hw);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            
            DEBUGOUT("Valid link established!!!\n");
            return E1000_SUCCESS;
        }
        udelay(10);
    }

    DEBUGOUT("Unable to establish link!!!\n");
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Configures PHY autoneg and flow control advertisement settings
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t mii_autoneg_adv_reg;
    uint16_t mii_1000t_ctrl_reg;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_setup_autoneg");

    /* Read the MII Auto-Neg Advertisement Register (Address 4). */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, &mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

        /* Read the MII 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9). */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

    /* Need to parse both autoneg_advertised and fc and set up
     * the appropriate PHY registers.  First we will parse for
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701
     * autoneg_advertised software override.  Since we can advertise
     * a plethora of combinations, we need to check each bit
     * individually.
     */

    /* First we clear all the 10/100 mb speed bits in the Auto-Neg
     * Advertisement Register (Address 4) and the 1000 mb speed bits in
     * the  1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9).
     */
    mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~REG4_SPEED_MASK;
    mii_1000t_ctrl_reg &= ~REG9_SPEED_MASK;

    DEBUGOUT1("autoneg_advertised %x\n", hw->autoneg_advertised);

    /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Half Duplex? */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_HALF) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Half duplex\n");
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_HD_CAPS;
    }

    /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Full Duplex? */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_FULL) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Full duplex\n");
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_FD_CAPS;
    }

    /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Half Duplex? */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_HALF) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Half duplex\n");
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_HD_CAPS;
    }

    /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Full Duplex? */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_FULL) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Full duplex\n");
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_FD_CAPS;
    }

    /* We do not allow the Phy to advertise 1000 Mb Half Duplex */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_HALF) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Half duplex requested, request denied!\n");
    }

    /* Do we want to advertise 1000 Mb Full Duplex? */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Full duplex\n");
        mii_1000t_ctrl_reg |= CR_1000T_FD_CAPS;
    }

    /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and
     * setup the PHY advertisement registers accordingly.  If
     * auto-negotiation is enabled, then software will have to set the
     * "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Auto-Negotiation
     * Advertisement Register (PHY_AUTONEG_ADV) and re-start auto-negotiation.
     *
     * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
     *      0:  Flow control is completely disabled
     *      1:  Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames
     *          but not send pause frames).
     *      2:  Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
     *          but we do not support receiving pause frames).
     *      3:  Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
     *  other:  No software override.  The flow control configuration
     *          in the EEPROM is used.
     */
    switch (hw->fc) {
    case e1000_fc_none: /* 0 */
        /* Flow control (RX & TX) is completely disabled by a
         * software over-ride.
         */
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~(NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
        break;
    case e1000_fc_rx_pause: /* 1 */
        /* RX Flow control is enabled, and TX Flow control is
         * disabled, by a software over-ride.
         */
        /* Since there really isn't a way to advertise that we are
         * capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
         * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE.  Later
         * (in e1000_config_fc_after_link_up) we will disable the
         *hw's ability to send PAUSE frames.
         */
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
        break;
    case e1000_fc_tx_pause: /* 2 */
        /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is
         * disabled, by a software over-ride.
         */
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR;
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~NWAY_AR_PAUSE;
        break;
    case e1000_fc_full: /* 3 */
        /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software
         * over-ride.
         */
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
        break;
    default:
        DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    DEBUGOUT1("Auto-Neg Advertising %x\n", mii_autoneg_adv_reg);

1702
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);    
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Force PHY speed and duplex settings to hw->forced_speed_duplex
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t mii_ctrl_reg;
    uint16_t mii_status_reg;
    uint16_t phy_data;
    uint16_t i;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex");

    /* Turn off Flow control if we are forcing speed and duplex. */
    hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;

    DEBUGOUT1("hw->fc = %d\n", hw->fc);

    /* Read the Device Control Register. */
    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    /* Set the bits to Force Speed and Duplex in the Device Ctrl Reg. */
    ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
    ctrl &= ~(DEVICE_SPEED_MASK);

    /* Clear the Auto Speed Detect Enable bit. */
    ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_ASDE;

    /* Read the MII Control Register. */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &mii_ctrl_reg);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* We need to disable autoneg in order to force link and duplex. */

    mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN;

    /* Are we forcing Full or Half Duplex? */
    if(hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
       hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) {
        /* We want to force full duplex so we SET the full duplex bits in the
         * Device and MII Control Registers.
         */
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
        DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
    } else {
        /* We want to force half duplex so we CLEAR the full duplex bits in
         * the Device and MII Control Registers.
         */
        ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
        mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
        DEBUGOUT("Half Duplex\n");
    }

    /* Are we forcing 100Mbps??? */
    if(hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
       hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_half) {
        /* Set the 100Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 10Mb bits. */
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_100;
        mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_10);
        DEBUGOUT("Forcing 100mb ");
    } else {
        /* Set the 10Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 100Mb bits. */
        ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000 | E1000_CTRL_SPD_100);
        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_10;
        mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_100);
        DEBUGOUT("Forcing 10mb ");
    }

    e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);

    /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);

    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. M88E1000 requires MDI
         * forced whenever speed are duplex are forced.
         */
        phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        DEBUGOUT1("M88E1000 PSCR: %x \n", phy_data);

        /* Need to reset the PHY or these changes will be ignored */
        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_RESET;
    } else {
        /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually.  IGP requires MDI
         * forced whenever speed or duplex are forced.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;

        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    /* Write back the modified PHY MII control register. */
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, mii_ctrl_reg);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    udelay(1);

    /* The wait_autoneg_complete flag may be a little misleading here.
     * Since we are forcing speed and duplex, Auto-Neg is not enabled.
     * But we do want to delay for a period while forcing only so we
     * don't generate false No Link messages.  So we will wait here
     * only if the user has set wait_autoneg_complete to 1, which is
     * the default.
     */
    if(hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
        /* We will wait for autoneg to complete. */
        DEBUGOUT("Waiting for forced speed/duplex link.\n");
        mii_status_reg = 0;

        /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
        for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
            /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
             * to be set.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
            msec_delay(100);
        }
        if((i == 0) &&
           (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88)) {
            /* We didn't get link.  Reset the DSP and wait again for link. */
            ret_val = e1000_phy_reset_dsp(hw);
            if(ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting PHY DSP\n");
                return ret_val;
            }
        }
        /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met.  */
        for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
            if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
            msec_delay(100);
            /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
             * to be set.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }
    }

    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
        /* Because we reset the PHY above, we need to re-force TX_CLK in the
         * Extended PHY Specific Control Register to 25MHz clock.  This value
         * defaults back to a 2.5MHz clock when the PHY is reset.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        /* In addition, because of the s/w reset above, we need to enable CRS on
         * TX.  This must be set for both full and half duplex operation.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
           (!hw->autoneg) &&
           (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
            hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
            ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Sets the collision distance in the Transmit Control register
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*
* Link should have been established previously. Reads the speed and duplex
* information from the Device Status register.
******************************************************************************/
void
e1000_config_collision_dist(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t tctl;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_collision_dist");

    tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);

    tctl &= ~E1000_TCTL_COLD;
    tctl |= E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE << E1000_COLD_SHIFT;

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, tctl);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
}

/******************************************************************************
* Sets MAC speed and duplex settings to reflect the those in the PHY
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* mii_reg - data to write to the MII control register
*
* The contents of the PHY register containing the needed information need to
* be passed in.
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_mac_to_phy");

1963 1964 1965 1966 1967
    /* 82544 or newer MAC, Auto Speed Detection takes care of 
    * MAC speed/duplex configuration.*/
    if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977
    /* Read the Device Control Register and set the bits to Force Speed
     * and Duplex.
     */
    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
    ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_SEL | E1000_CTRL_ILOS);

    /* Set up duplex in the Device Control and Transmit Control
     * registers depending on negotiated values.
     */
1978 1979 1980
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1981

1982 1983 1984 1985
    if(phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DPLX) 
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
    else 
        ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1986

1987
    e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1988

1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
    /* Set up speed in the Device Control register depending on
     * negotiated values.
     */
    if((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS)
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000;
    else if((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_100MBS)
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079

    /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Forces the MAC's flow control settings.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Sets the TFCE and RFCE bits in the device control register to reflect
 * the adapter settings. TFCE and RFCE need to be explicitly set by
 * software when a Copper PHY is used because autonegotiation is managed
 * by the PHY rather than the MAC. Software must also configure these
 * bits when link is forced on a fiber connection.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_force_mac_fc(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_force_mac_fc");

    /* Get the current configuration of the Device Control Register */
    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    /* Because we didn't get link via the internal auto-negotiation
     * mechanism (we either forced link or we got link via PHY
     * auto-neg), we have to manually enable/disable transmit an
     * receive flow control.
     *
     * The "Case" statement below enables/disable flow control
     * according to the "hw->fc" parameter.
     *
     * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
     *      0:  Flow control is completely disabled
     *      1:  Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause
     *          frames but not send pause frames).
     *      2:  Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
     *          frames but we do not receive pause frames).
     *      3:  Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) is enabled.
     *  other:  No other values should be possible at this point.
     */

    switch (hw->fc) {
    case e1000_fc_none:
        ctrl &= (~(E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE));
        break;
    case e1000_fc_rx_pause:
        ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_RFCE;
        break;
    case e1000_fc_tx_pause:
        ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_TFCE;
        break;
    case e1000_fc_full:
        ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
        break;
    default:
        DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }

    /* Disable TX Flow Control for 82542 (rev 2.0) */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
        ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Configures flow control settings after link is established
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Should be called immediately after a valid link has been established.
 * Forces MAC flow control settings if link was forced. When in MII/GMII mode
 * and autonegotiation is enabled, the MAC flow control settings will be set
 * based on the flow control negotiated by the PHY. In TBI mode, the TFCE
 * and RFCE bits will be automaticaly set to the negotiated flow control mode.
 *****************************************************************************/
2080
static int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581
e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t mii_status_reg;
    uint16_t mii_nway_adv_reg;
    uint16_t mii_nway_lp_ability_reg;
    uint16_t speed;
    uint16_t duplex;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_fc_after_link_up");

    /* Check for the case where we have fiber media and auto-neg failed
     * so we had to force link.  In this case, we need to force the
     * configuration of the MAC to match the "fc" parameter.
     */
    if(((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
       ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
       ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && (!hw->autoneg))) {
        ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }

    /* Check for the case where we have copper media and auto-neg is
     * enabled.  In this case, we need to check and see if Auto-Neg
     * has completed, and if so, how the PHY and link partner has
     * flow control configured.
     */
    if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->autoneg) {
        /* Read the MII Status Register and check to see if AutoNeg
         * has completed.  We read this twice because this reg has
         * some "sticky" (latched) bits.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
            /* The AutoNeg process has completed, so we now need to
             * read both the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
             * (Address 4) and the Auto_Negotiation Base Page Ability
             * Register (Address 5) to determine how flow control was
             * negotiated.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV,
                                         &mii_nway_adv_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY,
                                         &mii_nway_lp_ability_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            /* Two bits in the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
             * (Address 4) and two bits in the Auto Negotiation Base
             * Page Ability Register (Address 5) determine flow control
             * for both the PHY and the link partner.  The following
             * table, taken out of the IEEE 802.3ab/D6.0 dated March 25,
             * 1999, describes these PAUSE resolution bits and how flow
             * control is determined based upon these settings.
             * NOTE:  DC = Don't Care
             *
             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | NIC Resolution
             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
             *   0   |    0    |  DC   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
             *   0   |    1    |   0   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
             *   0   |    1    |   1   |    0    | e1000_fc_none
             *   0   |    1    |   1   |    1    | e1000_fc_tx_pause
             *   1   |    0    |   0   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
             *   1   |   DC    |   1   |   DC    | e1000_fc_full
             *   1   |    1    |   0   |    0    | e1000_fc_none
             *   1   |    1    |   0   |    1    | e1000_fc_rx_pause
             *
             */
            /* Are both PAUSE bits set to 1?  If so, this implies
             * Symmetric Flow Control is enabled at both ends.  The
             * ASM_DIR bits are irrelevant per the spec.
             *
             * For Symmetric Flow Control:
             *
             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
             *   1   |   DC    |   1   |   DC    | e1000_fc_full
             *
             */
            if((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
               (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE)) {
                /* Now we need to check if the user selected RX ONLY
                 * of pause frames.  In this case, we had to advertise
                 * FULL flow control because we could not advertise RX
                 * ONLY. Hence, we must now check to see if we need to
                 * turn OFF  the TRANSMISSION of PAUSE frames.
                 */
                if(hw->original_fc == e1000_fc_full) {
                    hw->fc = e1000_fc_full;
                    DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = FULL.\r\n");
                } else {
                    hw->fc = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
                    DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
                }
            }
            /* For receiving PAUSE frames ONLY.
             *
             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
             *   0   |    1    |   1   |    1    | e1000_fc_tx_pause
             *
             */
            else if(!(mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
                    (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
                    (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
                    (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_tx_pause;
                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = TX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
            }
            /* For transmitting PAUSE frames ONLY.
             *
             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
             *   1   |    1    |   0   |    1    | e1000_fc_rx_pause
             *
             */
            else if((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
                    (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
                    !(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
                    (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
            }
            /* Per the IEEE spec, at this point flow control should be
             * disabled.  However, we want to consider that we could
             * be connected to a legacy switch that doesn't advertise
             * desired flow control, but can be forced on the link
             * partner.  So if we advertised no flow control, that is
             * what we will resolve to.  If we advertised some kind of
             * receive capability (Rx Pause Only or Full Flow Control)
             * and the link partner advertised none, we will configure
             * ourselves to enable Rx Flow Control only.  We can do
             * this safely for two reasons:  If the link partner really
             * didn't want flow control enabled, and we enable Rx, no
             * harm done since we won't be receiving any PAUSE frames
             * anyway.  If the intent on the link partner was to have
             * flow control enabled, then by us enabling RX only, we
             * can at least receive pause frames and process them.
             * This is a good idea because in most cases, since we are
             * predominantly a server NIC, more times than not we will
             * be asked to delay transmission of packets than asking
             * our link partner to pause transmission of frames.
             */
            else if((hw->original_fc == e1000_fc_none ||
                     hw->original_fc == e1000_fc_tx_pause) ||
                    hw->fc_strict_ieee) {
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;
                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = NONE.\r\n");
            } else {
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
            }

            /* Now we need to do one last check...  If we auto-
             * negotiated to HALF DUPLEX, flow control should not be
             * enabled per IEEE 802.3 spec.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
            if(ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
                return ret_val;
            }

            if(duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;

            /* Now we call a subroutine to actually force the MAC
             * controller to use the correct flow control settings.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
            if(ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
                return ret_val;
            }
        } else {
            DEBUGOUT("Copper PHY and Auto Neg has not completed.\r\n");
        }
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Checks to see if the link status of the hardware has changed.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Called by any function that needs to check the link status of the adapter.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_check_for_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t rxcw = 0;
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint32_t status;
    uint32_t rctl;
    uint32_t icr;
    uint32_t signal = 0;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_for_link");

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);

    /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
     * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
     * cleared when there is a signal.  This applies to fiber media only.
     */
    if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
       (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
        rxcw = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW);

        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
            if(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)
                hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
        }
    }

    /* If we have a copper PHY then we only want to go out to the PHY
     * registers to see if Auto-Neg has completed and/or if our link
     * status has changed.  The get_link_status flag will be set if we
     * receive a Link Status Change interrupt or we have Rx Sequence
     * Errors.
     */
    if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->get_link_status) {
        /* First we want to see if the MII Status Register reports
         * link.  If so, then we want to get the current speed/duplex
         * of the PHY.
         * Read the register twice since the link bit is sticky.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if(phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
            hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
            /* Check if there was DownShift, must be checked immediately after
             * link-up */
            e1000_check_downshift(hw);

            /* If we are on 82544 or 82543 silicon and speed/duplex
             * are forced to 10H or 10F, then we will implement the polarity
             * reversal workaround.  We disable interrupts first, and upon
             * returning, place the devices interrupt state to its previous
             * value except for the link status change interrupt which will
             * happen due to the execution of this workaround.
             */

            if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
               (!hw->autoneg) &&
               (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
                hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
                ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
                icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, ICS, (icr & ~E1000_ICS_LSC));
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMS, IMS_ENABLE_MASK);
            }

        } else {
            /* No link detected */
            e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, FALSE);
            return 0;
        }

        /* If we are forcing speed/duplex, then we simply return since
         * we have already determined whether we have link or not.
         */
        if(!hw->autoneg) return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;

        /* optimize the dsp settings for the igp phy */
        e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);

        /* We have a M88E1000 PHY and Auto-Neg is enabled.  If we
         * have Si on board that is 82544 or newer, Auto
         * Speed Detection takes care of MAC speed/duplex
         * configuration.  So we only need to configure Collision
         * Distance in the MAC.  Otherwise, we need to force
         * speed/duplex on the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
         * settings.
         */
        if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
            e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
        else {
            ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
            if(ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
                return ret_val;
            }
        }

        /* Configure Flow Control now that Auto-Neg has completed. First, we
         * need to restore the desired flow control settings because we may
         * have had to re-autoneg with a different link partner.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
            return ret_val;
        }

        /* At this point we know that we are on copper and we have
         * auto-negotiated link.  These are conditions for checking the link
         * partner capability register.  We use the link speed to determine if
         * TBI compatibility needs to be turned on or off.  If the link is not
         * at gigabit speed, then TBI compatibility is not needed.  If we are
         * at gigabit speed, we turn on TBI compatibility.
         */
        if(hw->tbi_compatibility_en) {
            uint16_t speed, duplex;
            e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
            if(speed != SPEED_1000) {
                /* If link speed is not set to gigabit speed, we do not need
                 * to enable TBI compatibility.
                 */
                if(hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
                    /* If we previously were in the mode, turn it off. */
                    rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
                    rctl &= ~E1000_RCTL_SBP;
                    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
                    hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
                }
            } else {
                /* If TBI compatibility is was previously off, turn it on. For
                 * compatibility with a TBI link partner, we will store bad
                 * packets. Some frames have an additional byte on the end and
                 * will look like CRC errors to to the hardware.
                 */
                if(!hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
                    hw->tbi_compatibility_on = TRUE;
                    rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
                    rctl |= E1000_RCTL_SBP;
                    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /* If we don't have link (auto-negotiation failed or link partner cannot
     * auto-negotiate), the cable is plugged in (we have signal), and our
     * link partner is not trying to auto-negotiate with us (we are receiving
     * idles or data), we need to force link up. We also need to give
     * auto-negotiation time to complete, in case the cable was just plugged
     * in. The autoneg_failed flag does this.
     */
    else if((((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) &&
              ((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal)) ||
             (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
            (!(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)) &&
            (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C))) {
        if(hw->autoneg_failed == 0) {
            hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
            return 0;
        }
        DEBUGOUT("NOT RXing /C/, disable AutoNeg and force link.\r\n");

        /* Disable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register */
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, (hw->txcw & ~E1000_TXCW_ANE));

        /* Force link-up and also force full-duplex. */
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
        ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_SLU | E1000_CTRL_FD);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);

        /* Configure Flow Control after forcing link up. */
        ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }
    /* If we are forcing link and we are receiving /C/ ordered sets, re-enable
     * auto-negotiation in the TXCW register and disable forced link in the
     * Device Control register in an attempt to auto-negotiate with our link
     * partner.
     */
    else if(((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
             (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
            (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SLU) && (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
        DEBUGOUT("RXing /C/, enable AutoNeg and stop forcing link.\r\n");
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, hw->txcw);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_SLU));

        hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
    }
    /* If we force link for non-auto-negotiation switch, check link status
     * based on MAC synchronization for internal serdes media type.
     */
    else if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
            !(E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
        /* SYNCH bit and IV bit are sticky. */
        udelay(10);
        if(E1000_RXCW_SYNCH & E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW)) {
            if(!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) {
                hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
                DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is up.\n");
            }
        } else {
            hw->serdes_link_down = TRUE;
            DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is down.\n");
        }
    }
    if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
       (E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
        hw->serdes_link_down = !(E1000_STATUS_LU & E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS));
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Detects the current speed and duplex settings of the hardware.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * speed - Speed of the connection
 * duplex - Duplex setting of the connection
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                           uint16_t *speed,
                           uint16_t *duplex)
{
    uint32_t status;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_speed_and_duplex");

    if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82543) {
        status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
        if(status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_1000) {
            *speed = SPEED_1000;
            DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, ");
        } else if(status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_100) {
            *speed = SPEED_100;
            DEBUGOUT("100 Mbs, ");
        } else {
            *speed = SPEED_10;
            DEBUGOUT("10 Mbs, ");
        }

        if(status & E1000_STATUS_FD) {
            *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
            DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\r\n");
        } else {
            *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
            DEBUGOUT(" Half Duplex\r\n");
        }
    } else {
        DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, Full Duplex\r\n");
        *speed = SPEED_1000;
        *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
    }

    /* IGP01 PHY may advertise full duplex operation after speed downgrade even
     * if it is operating at half duplex.  Here we set the duplex settings to
     * match the duplex in the link partner's capabilities.
     */
    if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp && hw->speed_downgraded) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_EXP, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if(!(phy_data & NWAY_ER_LP_NWAY_CAPS))
            *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
        else {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY, &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            if((*speed == SPEED_100 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_100TX_FD_CAPS)) ||
               (*speed == SPEED_10 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_10T_FD_CAPS)))
                *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
        }
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Blocks until autoneg completes or times out (~4.5 seconds)
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
2582
static int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763
e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t i;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_wait_autoneg");
    DEBUGOUT("Waiting for Auto-Neg to complete.\n");

    /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
    for(i = PHY_AUTO_NEG_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
        /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg
         * Complete bit to be set.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        if(phy_data & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
            return E1000_SUCCESS;
        }
        msec_delay(100);
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Raises the Management Data Clock
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* ctrl - Device control register's current value
******************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                    uint32_t *ctrl)
{
    /* Raise the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by setting the MDC
     * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
     */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl | E1000_CTRL_MDC));
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    udelay(10);
}

/******************************************************************************
* Lowers the Management Data Clock
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* ctrl - Device control register's current value
******************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                    uint32_t *ctrl)
{
    /* Lower the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by clearing the MDC
     * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
     */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_MDC));
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    udelay(10);
}

/******************************************************************************
* Shifts data bits out to the PHY
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* data - Data to send out to the PHY
* count - Number of bits to shift out
*
* Bits are shifted out in MSB to LSB order.
******************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                         uint32_t data,
                         uint16_t count)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint32_t mask;

    /* We need to shift "count" number of bits out to the PHY. So, the value
     * in the "data" parameter will be shifted out to the PHY one bit at a
     * time. In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
     */
    mask = 0x01;
    mask <<= (count - 1);

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    /* Set MDIO_DIR and MDC_DIR direction bits to be used as output pins. */
    ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR | E1000_CTRL_MDC_DIR);

    while(mask) {
        /* A "1" is shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "1" and
         * then raising and lowering the Management Data Clock. A "0" is
         * shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "0" and then
         * raising and lowering the clock.
         */
        if(data & mask) ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
        else ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

        udelay(10);

        e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
        e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);

        mask = mask >> 1;
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
* Shifts data bits in from the PHY
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*
* Bits are shifted in in MSB to LSB order.
******************************************************************************/
static uint16_t
e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint16_t data = 0;
    uint8_t i;

    /* In order to read a register from the PHY, we need to shift in a total
     * of 18 bits from the PHY. The first two bit (turnaround) times are used
     * to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a read operation is performed.
     * These two bits are ignored by us and thrown away. Bits are "shifted in"
     * by raising the input to the Management Data Clock (setting the MDC bit),
     * and then reading the value of the MDIO bit.
     */
    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    /* Clear MDIO_DIR (SWDPIO1) to indicate this bit is to be used as input. */
    ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR;
    ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

    /* Raise and Lower the clock before reading in the data. This accounts for
     * the turnaround bits. The first clock occurred when we clocked out the
     * last bit of the Register Address.
     */
    e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
    e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);

    for(data = 0, i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
        data = data << 1;
        e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
        /* Check to see if we shifted in a "1". */
        if(ctrl & E1000_CTRL_MDIO) data |= 1;
        e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
    }

    e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
    e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);

    return data;
}

/*****************************************************************************
* Reads the value from a PHY register, if the value is on a specific non zero
* page, sets the page first.
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to read
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint32_t reg_addr,
                   uint16_t *phy_data)
{
    uint32_t ret_val;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg");

2764 2765
    if((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp || 
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869
       (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
                                         (uint16_t)reg_addr);
        if(ret_val) {
            return ret_val;
        }
    }

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
                                    phy_data);

    return ret_val;
}

int32_t
e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                      uint32_t reg_addr,
                      uint16_t *phy_data)
{
    uint32_t i;
    uint32_t mdic = 0;
    const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg_ex");

    if(reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
        DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
        return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
    }

    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
        /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, and register address in the MDI
         * Control register.  The MAC will take care of interfacing with the
         * PHY to retrieve the desired data.
         */
        mdic = ((reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
                (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
                (E1000_MDIC_OP_READ));

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);

        /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
        for(i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
            udelay(50);
            mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
            if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
        }
        if(!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
            DEBUGOUT("MDI Read did not complete\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
        }
        if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_ERROR) {
            DEBUGOUT("MDI Error\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
        }
        *phy_data = (uint16_t) mdic;
    } else {
        /* We must first send a preamble through the MDIO pin to signal the
         * beginning of an MII instruction.  This is done by sending 32
         * consecutive "1" bits.
         */
        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);

        /* Now combine the next few fields that are required for a read
         * operation.  We use this method instead of calling the
         * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine five different times. The format of
         * a MII read instruction consists of a shift out of 14 bits and is
         * defined as follows:
         *    <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr>
         * followed by a shift in of 18 bits.  This first two bits shifted in
         * are TurnAround bits used to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a
         * READ operation is performed.  These two bits are thrown away
         * followed by a shift in of 16 bits which contains the desired data.
         */
        mdic = ((reg_addr) | (phy_addr << 5) |
                (PHY_OP_READ << 10) | (PHY_SOF << 12));

        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 14);

        /* Now that we've shifted out the read command to the MII, we need to
         * "shift in" the 16-bit value (18 total bits) of the requested PHY
         * register address.
         */
        *phy_data = e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(hw);
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Writes a value to a PHY register
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to write
* data - data to write to the PHY
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                    uint32_t reg_addr,
                    uint16_t phy_data)
{
    uint32_t ret_val;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg");

2870 2871
    if((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp || 
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948
       (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
                                         (uint16_t)reg_addr);
        if(ret_val) {
            return ret_val;
        }
    }

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
                                     phy_data);

    return ret_val;
}

int32_t
e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                    uint32_t reg_addr,
                    uint16_t phy_data)
{
    uint32_t i;
    uint32_t mdic = 0;
    const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg_ex");

    if(reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
        DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
        return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
    }

    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
        /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, register address, and data intended
         * for the PHY register in the MDI Control register.  The MAC will take
         * care of interfacing with the PHY to send the desired data.
         */
        mdic = (((uint32_t) phy_data) |
                (reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
                (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
                (E1000_MDIC_OP_WRITE));

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);

        /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
        for(i = 0; i < 640; i++) {
            udelay(5);
            mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
            if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
        }
        if(!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
            DEBUGOUT("MDI Write did not complete\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
        }
    } else {
        /* We'll need to use the SW defined pins to shift the write command
         * out to the PHY. We first send a preamble to the PHY to signal the
         * beginning of the MII instruction.  This is done by sending 32
         * consecutive "1" bits.
         */
        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);

        /* Now combine the remaining required fields that will indicate a
         * write operation. We use this method instead of calling the
         * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine for each field in the command. The
         * format of a MII write instruction is as follows:
         * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr><Turnaround><Data>.
         */
        mdic = ((PHY_TURNAROUND) | (reg_addr << 2) | (phy_addr << 7) |
                (PHY_OP_WRITE << 12) | (PHY_SOF << 14));
        mdic <<= 16;
        mdic |= (uint32_t) phy_data;

        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 32);
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

2949

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
2950 2951 2952 2953 2954
/******************************************************************************
* Returns the PHY to the power-on reset state
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
2955
int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
2956 2957 2958 2959
e1000_phy_hw_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl, ctrl_ext;
    uint32_t led_ctrl;
2960
    int32_t ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
2961 2962 2963

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_hw_reset");

2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969
    /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
     * simply return success without performing the reset. */
    ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
    if (ret_val)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
2970 2971 2972 2973 2974
    DEBUGOUT("Resetting Phy...\n");

    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
        /* Read the device control register and assert the E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST
         * bit. Then, take it out of reset.
J
Jeff Kirsher 已提交
2975 2976 2977
         * For pre-e1000_82571 hardware, we delay for 10ms between the assert 
         * and deassert.  For e1000_82571 hardware and later, we instead delay
         * for 10ms after the deassertion.
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
2978 2979 2980 2981
         */
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
J
Jeff Kirsher 已提交
2982 2983 2984
        
        if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571) 
            msec_delay(10);
2985 2986
        else
            udelay(100);
J
Jeff Kirsher 已提交
2987
        
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
2988 2989
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
J
Jeff Kirsher 已提交
2990 2991 2992
        
        if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
            msec_delay(10);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015
    } else {
        /* Read the Extended Device Control Register, assert the PHY_RESET_DIR
         * bit to put the PHY into reset. Then, take it out of reset.
         */
        ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DIR;
        ctrl_ext &= ~E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        msec_delay(10);
        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    }
    udelay(150);

    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
        /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
        led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
        led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
        led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
    }
3016 3017 3018 3019 3020

    /* Wait for FW to finish PHY configuration. */
    ret_val = e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(hw);

    return ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037
}

/******************************************************************************
* Resets the PHY
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*
* Sets bit 15 of the MII Control regiser
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_phy_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset");

3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045
    /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
     * simply return success without performing the reset. */
    ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
    if (ret_val)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
3046 3047
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
3048 3049 3050 3051 3052
        ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        break;
    default:
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data |= MII_CR_RESET;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        udelay(1);
3063 3064
        break;
    }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3065

3066
    if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp || hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076
        e1000_phy_init_script(hw);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Probes the expected PHY address for known PHY IDs
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
3077
static int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085
e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t phy_init_status, ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_id_high, phy_id_low;
    boolean_t match = FALSE;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_detect_gig_phy");

3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095
    /* The 82571 firmware may still be configuring the PHY.  In this
     * case, we cannot access the PHY until the configuration is done.  So
     * we explicitly set the PHY values. */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 ||
       hw->mac_type == e1000_82572) {
        hw->phy_id = IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID;
        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_2;
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    }

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129
    /* Read the PHY ID Registers to identify which PHY is onboard. */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID1, &phy_id_high);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    hw->phy_id = (uint32_t) (phy_id_high << 16);
    udelay(20);
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID2, &phy_id_low);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    hw->phy_id |= (uint32_t) (phy_id_low & PHY_REVISION_MASK);
    hw->phy_revision = (uint32_t) phy_id_low & ~PHY_REVISION_MASK;

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82543:
        if(hw->phy_id == M88E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
    case e1000_82544:
        if(hw->phy_id == M88E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
    case e1000_82540:
    case e1000_82545:
    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
    case e1000_82546:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
        if(hw->phy_id == M88E1011_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
    case e1000_82541:
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
    case e1000_82547:
    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
        if(hw->phy_id == IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
3130 3131 3132
    case e1000_82573:
        if(hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176
    default:
        DEBUGOUT1("Invalid MAC type %d\n", hw->mac_type);
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }
    phy_init_status = e1000_set_phy_type(hw);

    if ((match) && (phy_init_status == E1000_SUCCESS)) {
        DEBUGOUT1("PHY ID 0x%X detected\n", hw->phy_id);
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    }
    DEBUGOUT1("Invalid PHY ID 0x%X\n", hw->phy_id);
    return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Resets the PHY's DSP
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset_dsp");

    do {
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 29, 0x001d);
        if(ret_val) break;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x00c1);
        if(ret_val) break;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x0000);
        if(ret_val) break;
        ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
    } while(0);

    return ret_val;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Get PHY information from various PHY registers for igp PHY only.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* phy_info - PHY information structure
******************************************************************************/
3177
static int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187
e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data, polarity, min_length, max_length, average;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_igp_get_info");

    /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
     * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
3188
    phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226

    /* IGP01E1000 does not need to support it. */
    phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;

    /* IGP01E1000 always correct polarity reversal */
    phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;

    /* Check polarity status */
    ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_info->mdix_mode = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
                          IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT;

    if((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
       IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
        /* Local/Remote Receiver Information are only valid at 1000 Mbps */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_info->local_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
                             SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
        phy_info->remote_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
                              SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;

        /* Get cable length */
        ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

3227
        /* Translate to old method */
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250
        average = (max_length + min_length) / 2;

        if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_50)
            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50;
        else if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_80)
            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50_80;
        else if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_110)
            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_80_110;
        else if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_140)
            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_110_140;
        else
            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_140;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Get PHY information from various PHY registers fot m88 PHY only.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* phy_info - PHY information structure
******************************************************************************/
3251
static int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261
e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data, polarity;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_m88_get_info");

    /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
     * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
3262
    phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_info->extended_10bt_distance =
        (phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE) >>
        M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE_SHIFT;
    phy_info->polarity_correction =
        (phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL) >>
        M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_SHIFT;

    /* Check polarity status */
    ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val; 
    phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_info->mdix_mode = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
                          M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT;

    if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS) {
        /* Cable Length Estimation and Local/Remote Receiver Information
         * are only valid at 1000 Mbps.
         */
        phy_info->cable_length = ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
                                  M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT);

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_info->local_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
                             SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;

        phy_info->remote_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
                              SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Get PHY information from various PHY registers
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* phy_info - PHY information structure
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_phy_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_get_info");

    phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_undefined;
    phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_undefined;
    phy_info->cable_polarity = e1000_rev_polarity_undefined;
    phy_info->downshift = e1000_downshift_undefined;
    phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_undefined;
    phy_info->mdix_mode = e1000_auto_x_mode_undefined;
    phy_info->local_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
    phy_info->remote_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;

    if(hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_copper) {
        DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid for copper media\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    if((phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) != MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
        DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid if link is up\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }

3351 3352
    if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377
        return e1000_phy_igp_get_info(hw, phy_info);
    else
        return e1000_phy_m88_get_info(hw, phy_info);
}

int32_t
e1000_validate_mdi_setting(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_mdi_settings");

    if(!hw->autoneg && (hw->mdix == 0 || hw->mdix == 3)) {
        DEBUGOUT("Invalid MDI setting detected\n");
        hw->mdix = 1;
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/******************************************************************************
 * Sets up eeprom variables in the hw struct.  Must be called after mac_type
 * is configured.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
3378
int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3379 3380 3381 3382
e1000_init_eeprom_params(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
3383
    int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397
    uint16_t eeprom_size;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_eeprom_params");

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
    case e1000_82543:
    case e1000_82544:
        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
        eeprom->word_size = 64;
        eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
        eeprom->address_bits = 6;
        eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
3398 3399
        eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415
        break;
    case e1000_82540:
    case e1000_82545:
    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
    case e1000_82546:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
        eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
        eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
        if(eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE) {
            eeprom->word_size = 256;
            eeprom->address_bits = 8;
        } else {
            eeprom->word_size = 64;
            eeprom->address_bits = 6;
        }
3416 3417
        eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445
        break;
    case e1000_82541:
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
    case e1000_82547:
    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_TYPE) {
            eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
            eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
            eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
            if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
                eeprom->page_size = 32;
                eeprom->address_bits = 16;
            } else {
                eeprom->page_size = 8;
                eeprom->address_bits = 8;
            }
        } else {
            eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
            eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
            eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
            if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
                eeprom->word_size = 256;
                eeprom->address_bits = 8;
            } else {
                eeprom->word_size = 64;
                eeprom->address_bits = 6;
            }
        }
3446 3447 3448
        eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
        break;
3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
        eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
        eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
            eeprom->page_size = 32;
            eeprom->address_bits = 16;
        } else {
            eeprom->page_size = 8;
            eeprom->address_bits = 8;
        }
        eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
        break;
3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485
    case e1000_82573:
        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
        eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
        eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
            eeprom->page_size = 32;
            eeprom->address_bits = 16;
        } else {
            eeprom->page_size = 8;
            eeprom->address_bits = 8;
        }
        eeprom->use_eerd = TRUE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = TRUE;
        if(e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
            eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_flash;
            eeprom->word_size = 2048;

            /* Ensure that the Autonomous FLASH update bit is cleared due to
             * Flash update issue on parts which use a FLASH for NVM. */
            eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_AUPDEN;
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491
        break;
    default:
        break;
    }

    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509
        /* eeprom_size will be an enum [0..8] that maps to eeprom sizes 128B to
         * 32KB (incremented by powers of 2).
         */
        if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
            /* Set to default value for initial eeprom read. */
            eeprom->word_size = 64;
            ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CFG, 1, &eeprom_size);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            eeprom_size = (eeprom_size & EEPROM_SIZE_MASK) >> EEPROM_SIZE_SHIFT;
            /* 256B eeprom size was not supported in earlier hardware, so we
             * bump eeprom_size up one to ensure that "1" (which maps to 256B)
             * is never the result used in the shifting logic below. */
            if(eeprom_size)
                eeprom_size++;
        } else {
            eeprom_size = (uint16_t)((eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_MASK) >>
                          E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_SHIFT);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3510
        }
3511 3512

        eeprom->word_size = 1 << (eeprom_size + EEPROM_WORD_SIZE_SHIFT);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3513
    }
3514
    return ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Raises the EEPROM's clock input.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * eecd - EECD's current value
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint32_t *eecd)
{
    /* Raise the clock input to the EEPROM (by setting the SK bit), and then
     * wait <delay> microseconds.
     */
    *eecd = *eecd | E1000_EECD_SK;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Lowers the EEPROM's clock input.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * eecd - EECD's current value
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint32_t *eecd)
{
    /* Lower the clock input to the EEPROM (by clearing the SK bit), and then
     * wait 50 microseconds.
     */
    *eecd = *eecd & ~E1000_EECD_SK;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Shift data bits out to the EEPROM.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * data - data to send to the EEPROM
 * count - number of bits to shift out
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                        uint16_t data,
                        uint16_t count)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t eecd;
    uint32_t mask;

    /* We need to shift "count" bits out to the EEPROM. So, value in the
     * "data" parameter will be shifted out to the EEPROM one bit at a time.
     * In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
     */
    mask = 0x01 << (count - 1);
    eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DO;
    } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_DO;
    }
    do {
        /* A "1" is shifted out to the EEPROM by setting bit "DI" to a "1",
         * and then raising and then lowering the clock (the SK bit controls
         * the clock input to the EEPROM).  A "0" is shifted out to the EEPROM
         * by setting "DI" to "0" and then raising and then lowering the clock.
         */
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;

        if(data & mask)
            eecd |= E1000_EECD_DI;

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);

        e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
        e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);

        mask = mask >> 1;

    } while(mask);

    /* We leave the "DI" bit set to "0" when we leave this routine. */
    eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Shift data bits in from the EEPROM
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static uint16_t
e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       uint16_t count)
{
    uint32_t eecd;
    uint32_t i;
    uint16_t data;

    /* In order to read a register from the EEPROM, we need to shift 'count'
     * bits in from the EEPROM. Bits are "shifted in" by raising the clock
     * input to the EEPROM (setting the SK bit), and then reading the value of
     * the "DO" bit.  During this "shifting in" process the "DI" bit should
     * always be clear.
     */

    eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

    eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DO | E1000_EECD_DI);
    data = 0;

    for(i = 0; i < count; i++) {
        data = data << 1;
        e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);

        eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI);
        if(eecd & E1000_EECD_DO)
            data |= 1;

        e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
    }

    return data;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Prepares EEPROM for access
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Lowers EEPROM clock. Clears input pin. Sets the chip select pin. This
 * function should be called before issuing a command to the EEPROM.
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t eecd, i=0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_acquire_eeprom");

3667 3668 3669
    if(e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3670 3671
    eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

3672
    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573) {
3673 3674 3675
        /* Request EEPROM Access */
        if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
            eecd |= E1000_EECD_REQ;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3676
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690
            eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
            while((!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) &&
                  (i < E1000_EEPROM_GRANT_ATTEMPTS)) {
                i++;
                udelay(5);
                eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
            }
            if(!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) {
                eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
                DEBUGOUT("Could not acquire EEPROM grant\n");
                e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
                return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
            }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809
        }
    }

    /* Setup EEPROM for Read/Write */

    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        /* Clear SK and DI */
        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI | E1000_EECD_SK);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);

        /* Set CS */
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
    } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
        /* Clear SK and CS */
        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        udelay(1);
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Returns EEPROM to a "standby" state
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t eecd;

    eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

    if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);

        /* Clock high */
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);

        /* Select EEPROM */
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);

        /* Clock low */
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
    } else if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
        /* Toggle CS to flush commands */
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_CS;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Terminates a command by inverting the EEPROM's chip select pin
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t eecd;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_eeprom");

    eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

    if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;  /* Pull CS high */
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK; /* Lower SCK */

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);

        udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
    } else if(hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        /* cleanup eeprom */

        /* CS on Microwire is active-high */
        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_DI);

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);

        /* Rising edge of clock */
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);

        /* Falling edge of clock */
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
    }

    /* Stop requesting EEPROM access */
    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
    }
3810 3811

    e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint16_t retry_count = 0;
    uint8_t spi_stat_reg;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_spi_eeprom_ready");

    /* Read "Status Register" repeatedly until the LSB is cleared.  The
     * EEPROM will signal that the command has been completed by clearing
     * bit 0 of the internal status register.  If it's not cleared within
     * 5 milliseconds, then error out.
     */
    retry_count = 0;
    do {
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_RDSR_OPCODE_SPI,
                                hw->eeprom.opcode_bits);
        spi_stat_reg = (uint8_t)e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 8);
        if (!(spi_stat_reg & EEPROM_STATUS_RDY_SPI))
            break;

        udelay(5);
        retry_count += 5;

        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
    } while(retry_count < EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI);

    /* ATMEL SPI write time could vary from 0-20mSec on 3.3V devices (and
     * only 0-5mSec on 5V devices)
     */
    if(retry_count >= EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI) {
        DEBUGOUT("SPI EEPROM Status error\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
 * data - word read from the EEPROM
 * words - number of words to read
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                  uint16_t offset,
                  uint16_t words,
                  uint16_t *data)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t i = 0;
3873
    int32_t ret_val;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3874 3875

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_eeprom");
3876

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885
    /* A check for invalid values:  offset too large, too many words, and not
     * enough words.
     */
    if((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
       (words == 0)) {
        DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902
    /* FLASH reads without acquiring the semaphore are safe in 82573-based
     * controllers.
     */
    if ((e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE) ||
        (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573)) {
        /* Prepare the EEPROM for reading  */
        if(e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

    if(eeprom->use_eerd == TRUE) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(hw, offset, words, data);
        if ((e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE) ||
            (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573))
            e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
        return ret_val;
    }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953

    if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
        uint16_t word_in;
        uint8_t read_opcode = EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_SPI;

        if(e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) {
            e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }

        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

        /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
        if((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
            read_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;

        /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr)  */
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, read_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset*2), eeprom->address_bits);

        /* Read the data.  The address of the eeprom internally increments with
         * each byte (spi) being read, saving on the overhead of eeprom setup
         * and tear-down.  The address counter will roll over if reading beyond
         * the size of the eeprom, thus allowing the entire memory to be read
         * starting from any offset. */
        for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
            word_in = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
            data[i] = (word_in >> 8) | (word_in << 8);
        }
    } else if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
            /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr)  */
            e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
                                    eeprom->opcode_bits);
            e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + i),
                                    eeprom->address_bits);

            /* Read the data.  For microwire, each word requires the overhead
             * of eeprom setup and tear-down. */
            data[i] = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
            e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
        }
    }

    /* End this read operation */
    e1000_release_eeprom(hw);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
3954
 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EERD register.
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3955 3956
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3957 3958 3959
 * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
 * data - word read from the EEPROM
 * words - number of words to read
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3960
 *****************************************************************************/
3961
static int32_t
3962 3963 3964 3965
e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                  uint16_t offset,
                  uint16_t words,
                  uint16_t *data)
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3966
{
3967 3968
    uint32_t i, eerd = 0;
    int32_t error = 0;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3969

3970 3971 3972
    for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
        eerd = ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) +
                         E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3973

3974 3975 3976 3977 3978
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EERD, eerd);
        error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ);
        
        if(error) {
            break;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3979
        }
3980 3981
        data[i] = (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD) >> E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA);
      
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3982
    }
3983 3984
    
    return error;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3985 3986 3987
}

/******************************************************************************
3988
 * Writes a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EEWR register.
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3989 3990
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3991 3992 3993
 * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
 * data - word read from the EEPROM
 * words - number of words to read
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
3994
 *****************************************************************************/
3995
static int32_t
3996 3997 3998 3999
e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint16_t offset,
                   uint16_t words,
                   uint16_t *data)
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4000
{
4001 4002 4003
    uint32_t    register_value = 0;
    uint32_t    i              = 0;
    int32_t     error          = 0;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4004

4005 4006 4007 4008
    for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
        register_value = (data[i] << E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA) | 
                         ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) | 
                         E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4009

4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031
        error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
        if(error) {
            break;
        }       

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EEWR, register_value);
        
        error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
        
        if(error) {
            break;
        }       
    }
    
    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Polls the status bit (bit 1) of the EERD to determine when the read is done.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
4032
static int32_t
4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059
e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd)
{
    uint32_t attempts = 100000;
    uint32_t i, reg = 0;
    int32_t done = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;

    for(i = 0; i < attempts; i++) {
        if(eerd == E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ)
            reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD);
        else 
            reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEWR);

        if(reg & E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DONE) {
            done = E1000_SUCCESS;
            break;
        }
        udelay(5);
    }

    return done;
}

/***************************************************************************
* Description:     Determines if the onboard NVM is FLASH or EEPROM.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
****************************************************************************/
4060
static boolean_t
4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154
e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t eecd = 0;

    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

        /* Isolate bits 15 & 16 */
        eecd = ((eecd >> 15) & 0x03);

        /* If both bits are set, device is Flash type */
        if(eecd == 0x03) {
            return FALSE;
        }
    }
    return TRUE;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Verifies that the EEPROM has a valid checksum
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Reads the first 64 16 bit words of the EEPROM and sums the values read.
 * If the the sum of the 64 16 bit words is 0xBABA, the EEPROM's checksum is
 * valid.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint16_t checksum = 0;
    uint16_t i, eeprom_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum");

    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
        (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE)) {
        /* Check bit 4 of word 10h.  If it is 0, firmware is done updating
         * 10h-12h.  Checksum may need to be fixed. */
        e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x10, 1, &eeprom_data);
        if ((eeprom_data & 0x10) == 0) {
            /* Read 0x23 and check bit 15.  This bit is a 1 when the checksum
             * has already been fixed.  If the checksum is still wrong and this
             * bit is a 1, we need to return bad checksum.  Otherwise, we need
             * to set this bit to a 1 and update the checksum. */
            e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
            if ((eeprom_data & 0x8000) == 0) {
                eeprom_data |= 0x8000;
                e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
                e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
            }
        }
    }

    for(i = 0; i < (EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG + 1); i++) {
        if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }
        checksum += eeprom_data;
    }

    if(checksum == (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    else {
        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Checksum Invalid\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Calculates the EEPROM checksum and writes it to the EEPROM
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Sums the first 63 16 bit words of the EEPROM. Subtracts the sum from 0xBABA.
 * Writes the difference to word offset 63 of the EEPROM.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint16_t checksum = 0;
    uint16_t i, eeprom_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_eeprom_checksum");

    for(i = 0; i < EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG; i++) {
        if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }
        checksum += eeprom_data;
    }
    checksum = (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM - checksum;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4155 4156 4157
    if(e1000_write_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG, 1, &checksum) < 0) {
        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write Error\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4158 4159
    } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_flash) {
        e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Parent function for writing words to the different EEPROM types.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
 * words - number of words to write
 * data - 16 bit word to be written to the EEPROM
 *
 * If e1000_update_eeprom_checksum is not called after this function, the
 * EEPROM will most likely contain an invalid checksum.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint16_t offset,
                   uint16_t words,
                   uint16_t *data)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    int32_t status = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom");

    /* A check for invalid values:  offset too large, too many words, and not
     * enough words.
     */
    if((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
       (words == 0)) {
        DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

4195
    /* 82573 writes only through eewr */
4196 4197 4198
    if(eeprom->use_eewr == TRUE)
        return e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(hw, offset, words, data);

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367
    /* Prepare the EEPROM for writing  */
    if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;

    if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        status = e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(hw, offset, words, data);
    } else {
        status = e1000_write_eeprom_spi(hw, offset, words, data);
        msec_delay(10);
    }

    /* Done with writing */
    e1000_release_eeprom(hw);

    return status;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in an SPI EEPROM.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
 * words - number of words to write
 * data - pointer to array of 8 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
 *
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       uint16_t offset,
                       uint16_t words,
                       uint16_t *data)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint16_t widx = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_spi");

    while (widx < words) {
        uint8_t write_opcode = EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_SPI;

        if(e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;

        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

        /*  Send the WRITE ENABLE command (8 bit opcode )  */
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WREN_OPCODE_SPI,
                                    eeprom->opcode_bits);

        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

        /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
        if((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
            write_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;

        /* Send the Write command (8-bit opcode + addr) */
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, write_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);

        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)((offset + widx)*2),
                                eeprom->address_bits);

        /* Send the data */

        /* Loop to allow for up to whole page write (32 bytes) of eeprom */
        while (widx < words) {
            uint16_t word_out = data[widx];
            word_out = (word_out >> 8) | (word_out << 8);
            e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, word_out, 16);
            widx++;

            /* Some larger eeprom sizes are capable of a 32-byte PAGE WRITE
             * operation, while the smaller eeproms are capable of an 8-byte
             * PAGE WRITE operation.  Break the inner loop to pass new address
             */
            if((((offset + widx)*2) % eeprom->page_size) == 0) {
                e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
                break;
            }
        }
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in a Microwire EEPROM.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
 * words - number of words to write
 * data - pointer to array of 16 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
 *
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                             uint16_t offset,
                             uint16_t words,
                             uint16_t *data)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t eecd;
    uint16_t words_written = 0;
    uint16_t i = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_microwire");

    /* Send the write enable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
     * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 11).  It's less work to include
     * the 11 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
     * it over the correct number of bits for the address.  This puts the
     * EEPROM into write/erase mode.
     */
    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWEN_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
                            (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));

    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));

    /* Prepare the EEPROM */
    e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

    while (words_written < words) {
        /* Send the Write command (3-bit opcode + addr) */
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
                                eeprom->opcode_bits);

        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + words_written),
                                eeprom->address_bits);

        /* Send the data */
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, data[words_written], 16);

        /* Toggle the CS line.  This in effect tells the EEPROM to execute
         * the previous command.
         */
        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

        /* Read DO repeatedly until it is high (equal to '1').  The EEPROM will
         * signal that the command has been completed by raising the DO signal.
         * If DO does not go high in 10 milliseconds, then error out.
         */
        for(i = 0; i < 200; i++) {
            eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
            if(eecd & E1000_EECD_DO) break;
            udelay(50);
        }
        if(i == 200) {
            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write did not complete\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }

        /* Recover from write */
        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

        words_written++;
    }

    /* Send the write disable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
     * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 10).  It's less work to include
     * the 10 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
     * it over the correct number of bits for the address.  This takes the
     * EEPROM out of write/erase mode.
     */
    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWDS_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
                            (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));

    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377
/******************************************************************************
 * Flushes the cached eeprom to NVM. This is done by saving the modified values
 * in the eeprom cache and the non modified values in the currently active bank
 * to the new bank.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
 * data - word read from the EEPROM
 * words - number of words to read
 *****************************************************************************/
4378
static int32_t
4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426
e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t attempts = 100000;
    uint32_t eecd = 0;
    uint32_t flop = 0;
    uint32_t i = 0;
    int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;

    /* The flop register will be used to determine if flash type is STM */
    flop = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FLOP);

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
            eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
            if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
                break;
            }
            udelay(5);
        }

        if (i == attempts) {
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }

	/* If STM opcode located in bits 15:8 of flop, reset firmware */
        if ((flop & 0xFF00) == E1000_STM_OPCODE) {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, E1000_HICR_FW_RESET);
        }

        /* Perform the flash update */
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd | E1000_EECD_FLUPD);

	for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
            eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
            if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
                break;
            }
            udelay(5);
        }

        if (i == attempts) {
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }
    }

    return error;
}

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483
/******************************************************************************
 * Reads the adapter's part number from the EEPROM
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * part_num - Adapter's part number
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_part_num(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                    uint32_t *part_num)
{
    uint16_t offset = EEPROM_PBA_BYTE_1;
    uint16_t eeprom_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_part_num");

    /* Get word 0 from EEPROM */
    if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }
    /* Save word 0 in upper half of part_num */
    *part_num = (uint32_t) (eeprom_data << 16);

    /* Get word 1 from EEPROM */
    if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, ++offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }
    /* Save word 1 in lower half of part_num */
    *part_num |= eeprom_data;

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads the adapter's MAC address from the EEPROM and inverts the LSB for the
 * second function of dual function devices
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_mac_addr(struct e1000_hw * hw)
{
    uint16_t offset;
    uint16_t eeprom_data, i;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_mac_addr");

    for(i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i += 2) {
        offset = i >> 1;
        if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }
        hw->perm_mac_addr[i] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data & 0x00FF);
        hw->perm_mac_addr[i+1] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data >> 8);
    }
4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490
    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    default:
        break;
    case e1000_82546:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
    case e1000_82571:
        if(E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4491
            hw->perm_mac_addr[5] ^= 0x01;
4492 4493
        break;
    }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508

    for(i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i++)
        hw->mac_addr[i] = hw->perm_mac_addr[i];
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Initializes receive address filters.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Places the MAC address in receive address register 0 and clears the rest
 * of the receive addresss registers. Clears the multicast table. Assumes
 * the receiver is in reset when the routine is called.
 *****************************************************************************/
4509
static void
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4510 4511 4512
e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t i;
4513
    uint32_t rar_num;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_rx_addrs");

    /* Setup the receive address. */
    DEBUGOUT("Programming MAC Address into RAR[0]\n");

    e1000_rar_set(hw, hw->mac_addr, 0);

4522
    rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528

    /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
     * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
     * the other port. */
    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
        rar_num -= 1;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4529 4530
    /* Zero out the other 15 receive addresses. */
    DEBUGOUT("Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
4531
    for(i = 1; i < rar_num; i++) {
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4532 4533 4534 4535 4536
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
    }
}

4537
#if 0
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560
/******************************************************************************
 * Updates the MAC's list of multicast addresses.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * mc_addr_list - the list of new multicast addresses
 * mc_addr_count - number of addresses
 * pad - number of bytes between addresses in the list
 * rar_used_count - offset where to start adding mc addresses into the RAR's
 *
 * The given list replaces any existing list. Clears the last 15 receive
 * address registers and the multicast table. Uses receive address registers
 * for the first 15 multicast addresses, and hashes the rest into the
 * multicast table.
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_mc_addr_list_update(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                          uint8_t *mc_addr_list,
                          uint32_t mc_addr_count,
                          uint32_t pad,
                          uint32_t rar_used_count)
{
    uint32_t hash_value;
    uint32_t i;
4561 4562 4563
    uint32_t num_rar_entry;
    uint32_t num_mta_entry;
    
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_mc_addr_list_update");

    /* Set the new number of MC addresses that we are being requested to use. */
    hw->num_mc_addrs = mc_addr_count;

    /* Clear RAR[1-15] */
    DEBUGOUT(" Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
4571
    num_rar_entry = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577
    /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
     * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
     * the other port. */
    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
        num_rar_entry -= 1;

4578
    for(i = rar_used_count; i < num_rar_entry; i++) {
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
    }

    /* Clear the MTA */
    DEBUGOUT(" Clearing MTA\n");
4585 4586
    num_mta_entry = E1000_NUM_MTA_REGISTERS;
    for(i = 0; i < num_mta_entry; i++) {
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
    }

    /* Add the new addresses */
    for(i = 0; i < mc_addr_count; i++) {
        DEBUGOUT(" Adding the multicast addresses:\n");
        DEBUGOUT7(" MC Addr #%d =%.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X\n", i,
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)],
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 1],
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 2],
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 3],
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 4],
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 5]);

        hash_value = e1000_hash_mc_addr(hw,
                                        mc_addr_list +
                                        (i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)));

        DEBUGOUT1(" Hash value = 0x%03X\n", hash_value);

        /* Place this multicast address in the RAR if there is room, *
         * else put it in the MTA
         */
4610
        if (rar_used_count < num_rar_entry) {
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620
            e1000_rar_set(hw,
                          mc_addr_list + (i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)),
                          rar_used_count);
            rar_used_count++;
        } else {
            e1000_mta_set(hw, hash_value);
        }
    }
    DEBUGOUT("MC Update Complete\n");
}
4621
#endif  /*  0  */
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661

/******************************************************************************
 * Hashes an address to determine its location in the multicast table
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * mc_addr - the multicast address to hash
 *****************************************************************************/
uint32_t
e1000_hash_mc_addr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint8_t *mc_addr)
{
    uint32_t hash_value = 0;

    /* The portion of the address that is used for the hash table is
     * determined by the mc_filter_type setting.
     */
    switch (hw->mc_filter_type) {
    /* [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
     * 01  AA  00  12  34  56
     * LSB                 MSB
     */
    case 0:
        /* [47:36] i.e. 0x563 for above example address */
        hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 4));
        break;
    case 1:
        /* [46:35] i.e. 0xAC6 for above example address */
        hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 3) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 5));
        break;
    case 2:
        /* [45:34] i.e. 0x5D8 for above example address */
        hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 6));
        break;
    case 3:
        /* [43:32] i.e. 0x634 for above example address */
        hash_value = ((mc_addr[4]) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 8));
        break;
    }

    hash_value &= 0xFFF;
4662

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762
    return hash_value;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Sets the bit in the multicast table corresponding to the hash value.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * hash_value - Multicast address hash value
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_mta_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
              uint32_t hash_value)
{
    uint32_t hash_bit, hash_reg;
    uint32_t mta;
    uint32_t temp;

    /* The MTA is a register array of 128 32-bit registers.
     * It is treated like an array of 4096 bits.  We want to set
     * bit BitArray[hash_value]. So we figure out what register
     * the bit is in, read it, OR in the new bit, then write
     * back the new value.  The register is determined by the
     * upper 7 bits of the hash value and the bit within that
     * register are determined by the lower 5 bits of the value.
     */
    hash_reg = (hash_value >> 5) & 0x7F;
    hash_bit = hash_value & 0x1F;

    mta = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg);

    mta |= (1 << hash_bit);

    /* If we are on an 82544 and we are trying to write an odd offset
     * in the MTA, save off the previous entry before writing and
     * restore the old value after writing.
     */
    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((hash_reg & 0x1) == 1)) {
        temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1));
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1), temp);
    } else {
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Puts an ethernet address into a receive address register.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * addr - Address to put into receive address register
 * index - Receive address register to write
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_rar_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
              uint8_t *addr,
              uint32_t index)
{
    uint32_t rar_low, rar_high;

    /* HW expects these in little endian so we reverse the byte order
     * from network order (big endian) to little endian
     */
    rar_low = ((uint32_t) addr[0] |
               ((uint32_t) addr[1] << 8) |
               ((uint32_t) addr[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t) addr[3] << 24));

    rar_high = ((uint32_t) addr[4] | ((uint32_t) addr[5] << 8) | E1000_RAH_AV);

    E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (index << 1), rar_low);
    E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((index << 1) + 1), rar_high);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a value to the specified offset in the VLAN filter table.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - Offset in VLAN filer table to write
 * value - Value to write into VLAN filter table
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_write_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                 uint32_t offset,
                 uint32_t value)
{
    uint32_t temp;

    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((offset & 0x1) == 1)) {
        temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1));
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1), temp);
    } else {
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Clears the VLAN filer table
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
4763
static void
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4764 4765 4766
e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t offset;
4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790
    uint32_t vfta_value = 0;
    uint32_t vfta_offset = 0;
    uint32_t vfta_bit_in_reg = 0;

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        if (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id != 0) {
            /* The VFTA is a 4096b bit-field, each identifying a single VLAN
             * ID.  The following operations determine which 32b entry
             * (i.e. offset) into the array we want to set the VLAN ID
             * (i.e. bit) of the manageability unit. */
            vfta_offset = (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id >>
                           E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_SHIFT) &
                          E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_MASK;
            vfta_bit_in_reg = 1 << (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id &
                                    E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_BIT_SHIFT_MASK);
        }
    }
    for (offset = 0; offset < E1000_VLAN_FILTER_TBL_SIZE; offset++) {
        /* If the offset we want to clear is the same offset of the
         * manageability VLAN ID, then clear all bits except that of the
         * manageability unit */
        vfta_value = (offset == vfta_offset) ? vfta_bit_in_reg : 0;
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, vfta_value);
    }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4791 4792
}

4793
static int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054
e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw * hw)
{
    uint32_t ledctl;
    const uint32_t ledctl_mask = 0x000000FF;
    const uint32_t ledctl_on = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON;
    const uint32_t ledctl_off = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF;
    uint16_t eeprom_data, i, temp;
    const uint16_t led_mask = 0x0F;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_init");

    if(hw->mac_type < e1000_82540) {
        /* Nothing to do */
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    }

    ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
    hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
    hw->ledctl_mode1 = hw->ledctl_default;
    hw->ledctl_mode2 = hw->ledctl_default;

    if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_ID_LED_SETTINGS, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }
    if((eeprom_data== ID_LED_RESERVED_0000) ||
       (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_FFFF)) eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT;
    for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
        temp = (eeprom_data >> (i << 2)) & led_mask;
        switch(temp) {
        case ID_LED_ON1_DEF2:
        case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
        case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
            hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
            hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
            break;
        case ID_LED_OFF1_DEF2:
        case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
        case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
            hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
            hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
            break;
        default:
            /* Do nothing */
            break;
        }
        switch(temp) {
        case ID_LED_DEF1_ON2:
        case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
        case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
            hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
            hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
            break;
        case ID_LED_DEF1_OFF2:
        case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
        case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
            hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
            hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
            break;
        default:
            /* Do nothing */
            break;
        }
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Prepares SW controlable LED for use and saves the current state of the LED.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_setup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ledctl;
    int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_led");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
    case e1000_82543:
    case e1000_82544:
        /* No setup necessary */
        break;
    case e1000_82541:
    case e1000_82547:
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
        /* Turn off PHY Smart Power Down (if enabled) */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
                                     &hw->phy_spd_default);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
                                      (uint16_t)(hw->phy_spd_default &
                                      ~IGP01E1000_GMII_SPD));
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        /* Fall Through */
    default:
        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
            /* Save current LEDCTL settings */
            hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
            /* Turn off LED0 */
            ledctl &= ~(E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_IVRT |
                        E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
                        E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_MASK);
            ledctl |= (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF <<
                       E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, ledctl);
        } else if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
        break;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Restores the saved state of the SW controlable LED.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_cleanup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_cleanup_led");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
    case e1000_82543:
    case e1000_82544:
        /* No cleanup necessary */
        break;
    case e1000_82541:
    case e1000_82547:
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
        /* Turn on PHY Smart Power Down (if previously enabled) */
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
                                      hw->phy_spd_default);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        /* Fall Through */
    default:
        /* Restore LEDCTL settings */
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_default);
        break;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Turns on the software controllable LED
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_led_on(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_on");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
    case e1000_82543:
        /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        break;
    case e1000_82544:
        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        } else {
            /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
            ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        }
        break;
    default:
        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
            ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        } else if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode2);
            return E1000_SUCCESS;
        }
        break;
    }

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Turns off the software controllable LED
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_led_off(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_off");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
    case e1000_82543:
        /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
        ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        break;
    case e1000_82544:
        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
            ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        } else {
            /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        }
        break;
    default:
        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        } else if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
            return E1000_SUCCESS;
        }
        break;
    }

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Clears all hardware statistics counters.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
5055
static void
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123
e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    volatile uint32_t temp;

    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CRCERRS);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SYMERRS);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SCC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ECOL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MCC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LATECOL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, COLC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, DC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SEC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RLEC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONRXC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONTXC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFRXC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFTXC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FCRUC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC64);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC127);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC255);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC511);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1023);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1522);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCH);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCH);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RNBC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RUC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RFC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ROC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RJC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORH);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTH);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPR);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPT);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC64);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC127);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC255);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC511);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1023);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1522);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPTC);

    if(hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) return;

    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ALGNERRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXERRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TNCRS);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CEXTERR);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTFC);

    if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82544) return;

    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPDC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPTC);
5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135

    if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) return;

    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, IAC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXOC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXPTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXATC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXPTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXATC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQEC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQMTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXDMTC);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Resets Adaptive IFS to its default state.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Call this after e1000_init_hw. You may override the IFS defaults by setting
 * hw->ifs_params_forced to TRUE. However, you must initialize hw->
 * current_ifs_val, ifs_min_val, ifs_max_val, ifs_step_size, and ifs_ratio
 * before calling this function.
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_reset_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_adaptive");

    if(hw->adaptive_ifs) {
        if(!hw->ifs_params_forced) {
            hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
            hw->ifs_min_val = IFS_MIN;
            hw->ifs_max_val = IFS_MAX;
            hw->ifs_step_size = IFS_STEP;
            hw->ifs_ratio = IFS_RATIO;
        }
        hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
    } else {
        DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Called during the callback/watchdog routine to update IFS value based on
 * the ratio of transmits to collisions.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * tx_packets - Number of transmits since last callback
 * total_collisions - Number of collisions since last callback
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_update_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_adaptive");

    if(hw->adaptive_ifs) {
        if((hw->collision_delta * hw->ifs_ratio) > hw->tx_packet_delta) {
            if(hw->tx_packet_delta > MIN_NUM_XMITS) {
                hw->in_ifs_mode = TRUE;
                if(hw->current_ifs_val < hw->ifs_max_val) {
                    if(hw->current_ifs_val == 0)
                        hw->current_ifs_val = hw->ifs_min_val;
                    else
                        hw->current_ifs_val += hw->ifs_step_size;
                    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, hw->current_ifs_val);
                }
            }
        } else {
            if(hw->in_ifs_mode && (hw->tx_packet_delta <= MIN_NUM_XMITS)) {
                hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
                hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
            }
        }
    } else {
        DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Adjusts the statistic counters when a frame is accepted by TBI_ACCEPT
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * frame_len - The length of the frame in question
 * mac_addr - The Ethernet destination address of the frame in question
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_tbi_adjust_stats(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       struct e1000_hw_stats *stats,
                       uint32_t frame_len,
                       uint8_t *mac_addr)
{
    uint64_t carry_bit;

    /* First adjust the frame length. */
    frame_len--;
    /* We need to adjust the statistics counters, since the hardware
     * counters overcount this packet as a CRC error and undercount
     * the packet as a good packet
     */
    /* This packet should not be counted as a CRC error.    */
    stats->crcerrs--;
    /* This packet does count as a Good Packet Received.    */
    stats->gprc++;

    /* Adjust the Good Octets received counters             */
    carry_bit = 0x80000000 & stats->gorcl;
    stats->gorcl += frame_len;
    /* If the high bit of Gorcl (the low 32 bits of the Good Octets
     * Received Count) was one before the addition,
     * AND it is zero after, then we lost the carry out,
     * need to add one to Gorch (Good Octets Received Count High).
     * This could be simplified if all environments supported
     * 64-bit integers.
     */
    if(carry_bit && ((stats->gorcl & 0x80000000) == 0))
        stats->gorch++;
    /* Is this a broadcast or multicast?  Check broadcast first,
     * since the test for a multicast frame will test positive on
     * a broadcast frame.
     */
    if((mac_addr[0] == (uint8_t) 0xff) && (mac_addr[1] == (uint8_t) 0xff))
        /* Broadcast packet */
        stats->bprc++;
    else if(*mac_addr & 0x01)
        /* Multicast packet */
        stats->mprc++;

    if(frame_len == hw->max_frame_size) {
        /* In this case, the hardware has overcounted the number of
         * oversize frames.
         */
        if(stats->roc > 0)
            stats->roc--;
    }

    /* Adjust the bin counters when the extra byte put the frame in the
     * wrong bin. Remember that the frame_len was adjusted above.
     */
    if(frame_len == 64) {
        stats->prc64++;
        stats->prc127--;
    } else if(frame_len == 127) {
        stats->prc127++;
        stats->prc255--;
    } else if(frame_len == 255) {
        stats->prc255++;
        stats->prc511--;
    } else if(frame_len == 511) {
        stats->prc511++;
        stats->prc1023--;
    } else if(frame_len == 1023) {
        stats->prc1023++;
        stats->prc1522--;
    } else if(frame_len == 1522) {
        stats->prc1522++;
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Gets the current PCI bus type, speed, and width of the hardware
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_get_bus_info(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t status;

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
        hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_unknown;
        hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_unknown;
        hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
        break;
5302
    case e1000_82572:
5303
    case e1000_82573:
J
Jeff Kirsher 已提交
5304 5305 5306 5307 5308
        hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
        hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
        hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_1;
        break;
    case e1000_82571:
5309 5310 5311 5312
        hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
        hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
        hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_4;
        break;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344
    default:
        status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
        hw->bus_type = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_MODE) ?
                       e1000_bus_type_pcix : e1000_bus_type_pci;

        if(hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER) {
            hw->bus_speed = (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) ?
                            e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_120;
        } else if(hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) {
            hw->bus_speed = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCI66) ?
                            e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_33;
        } else {
            switch (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED) {
            case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_66:
                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_66;
                break;
            case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_100:
                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_100;
                break;
            case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_133:
                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_133;
                break;
            default:
                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_reserved;
                break;
            }
        }
        hw->bus_width = (status & E1000_STATUS_BUS64) ?
                        e1000_bus_width_64 : e1000_bus_width_32;
        break;
    }
}
5345 5346

#if 0
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363
/******************************************************************************
 * Reads a value from one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed
 * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset to read from
 *****************************************************************************/
uint32_t
e1000_read_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                  uint32_t offset)
{
    unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
    unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;

    e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
    return e1000_io_read(hw, io_data);
}
5364
#endif  /*  0  */
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a value to one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed to
 * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset to write to
 * value - value to write
 *****************************************************************************/
5374
static void
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401
e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint32_t offset,
                   uint32_t value)
{
    unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
    unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;

    e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
    e1000_io_write(hw, io_data, value);
}


/******************************************************************************
 * Estimates the cable length.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * min_length - The estimated minimum length
 * max_length - The estimated maximum length
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
 *            E1000_SUCCESS
 *
 * This function always returns a ranged length (minimum & maximum).
 * So for M88 phy's, this function interprets the one value returned from the
 * register to the minimum and maximum range.
 * For IGP phy's, the function calculates the range by the AGC registers.
 *****************************************************************************/
5402
static int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409
e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       uint16_t *min_length,
                       uint16_t *max_length)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t agc_value = 0;
    uint16_t cur_agc, min_agc = IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE;
5410
    uint16_t max_agc = 0;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419
    uint16_t i, phy_data;
    uint16_t cable_length;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_cable_length");

    *min_length = *max_length = 0;

    /* Use old method for Phy older than IGP */
    if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
5420

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
                                     &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        cable_length = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
                       M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT;

        /* Convert the enum value to ranged values */
        switch (cable_length) {
        case e1000_cable_length_50:
            *min_length = 0;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
            break;
        case e1000_cable_length_50_80:
            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
            break;
        case e1000_cable_length_80_110:
            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
            break;
        case e1000_cable_length_110_140:
            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
            break;
        case e1000_cable_length_140:
            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_170;
            break;
        default:
            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
            break;
        }
    } else if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) { /* For IGP PHY */
        uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
                                                         {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
                                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
                                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
                                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
        /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
        for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {

            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            cur_agc = phy_data >> IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT;

            /* Array bound check. */
            if((cur_agc >= IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1) ||
               (cur_agc == 0))
                return -E1000_ERR_PHY;

            agc_value += cur_agc;

            /* Update minimal AGC value. */
            if(min_agc > cur_agc)
                min_agc = cur_agc;
        }

        /* Remove the minimal AGC result for length < 50m */
        if(agc_value < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM * e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
            agc_value -= min_agc;

            /* Get the average length of the remaining 3 channels */
            agc_value /= (IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 1);
        } else {
            /* Get the average length of all the 4 channels. */
            agc_value /= IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM;
        }

        /* Set the range of the calculated length. */
        *min_length = ((e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
                       IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
                       (e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
                       IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
        *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] +
                      IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE;
5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
        uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
                                                         {IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
                                                          IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
                                                          IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
                                                          IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
        /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
        for (i = 0; i < IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

	    /* Getting bits 15:9, which represent the combination of course and
             * fine gain values.  The result is a number that can be put into
             * the lookup table to obtain the approximate cable length. */
            cur_agc = (phy_data >> IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT) &
                      IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_MASK;

            /* Remove min & max AGC values from calculation. */
            if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc] > e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc])
                min_agc = cur_agc;
	    if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc] < e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc])
                max_agc = cur_agc;

            agc_value += e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc];
        }

        agc_value -= (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc] + e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc]);
        agc_value /= (IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 2);

        /* Calculate cable length with the error range of +/- 10 meters. */
        *min_length = ((agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
                       (agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
        *max_length = agc_value + IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Check the cable polarity
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * polarity - output parameter : 0 - Polarity is not reversed
 *                               1 - Polarity is reversed.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
 *            E1000_SUCCESS
 *
 * For phy's older then IGP, this function simply reads the polarity bit in the
 * Phy Status register.  For IGP phy's, this bit is valid only if link speed is
 * 10 Mbps.  If the link speed is 100 Mbps there is no polarity so this bit will
 * return 0.  If the link speed is 1000 Mbps the polarity status is in the
 * IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG.
 *****************************************************************************/
5554
static int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570
e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                     uint16_t *polarity)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_polarity");

    if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
        /* return the Polarity bit in the Status register. */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
                                     &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        *polarity = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY) >>
                    M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY_SHIFT;
5571 5572
    } else if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
              hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615
        /* Read the Status register to check the speed */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS,
                                     &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        /* If speed is 1000 Mbps, must read the IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG to
         * find the polarity status */
        if((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
           IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {

            /* Read the GIG initialization PCS register (0x00B4) */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG,
                                         &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            /* Check the polarity bits */
            *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PHY_POLARITY_MASK) ? 1 : 0;
        } else {
            /* For 10 Mbps, read the polarity bit in the status register. (for
             * 100 Mbps this bit is always 0) */
            *polarity = phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_POLARITY_REVERSED;
        }
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Check if Downshift occured
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * downshift - output parameter : 0 - No Downshift ocured.
 *                                1 - Downshift ocured.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
 *            E1000_SUCCESS 
 *
 * For phy's older then IGP, this function reads the Downshift bit in the Phy
 * Specific Status register.  For IGP phy's, it reads the Downgrade bit in the
 * Link Health register.  In IGP this bit is latched high, so the driver must
 * read it immediately after link is established.
 *****************************************************************************/
5616
static int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623
e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_downshift");

5624 5625
    if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp || 
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_LINK_HEALTH,
                                     &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PLHR_SS_DOWNGRADE) ? 1 : 0;
    } else if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
                                     &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT) >>
                               M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT_SHIFT;
    }
5641

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 * 82541_rev_2 & 82547_rev_2 have the capability to configure the DSP when a
 * gigabit link is achieved to improve link quality.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ****************************************************************************/

5657
static int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755
e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                                   boolean_t link_up)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data, phy_saved_data, speed, duplex, i;
    uint16_t dsp_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
                                        {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_A,
                                        IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_B,
                                        IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_C,
                                        IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_D};
    uint16_t min_length, max_length;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change");

    if(hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    if(link_up) {
        ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
            return ret_val;
        }

        if(speed == SPEED_1000) {

            e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);

            if((hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_enabled) &&
                min_length >= e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {

                for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
                    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
                                                 &phy_data);
                    if(ret_val)
                        return ret_val;

                    phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;

                    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
                                                  phy_data);
                    if(ret_val)
                        return ret_val;
                }
                hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_activated;
            }

            if((hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_enabled) &&
               (min_length < e1000_igp_cable_length_50)) {

                uint16_t ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_20;
                uint32_t idle_errs = 0;

                /* clear previous idle error counts */
                ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
                                             &phy_data);
                if(ret_val)
                    return ret_val;

                for(i = 0; i < ffe_idle_err_timeout; i++) {
                    udelay(1000);
                    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
                                                 &phy_data);
                    if(ret_val)
                        return ret_val;

                    idle_errs += (phy_data & SR_1000T_IDLE_ERROR_CNT);
                    if(idle_errs > SR_1000T_PHY_EXCESSIVE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT) {
                        hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_active;

                        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
                                    IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
                                    IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_CM_CP);
                        if(ret_val)
                            return ret_val;
                        break;
                    }

                    if(idle_errs)
                        ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_100;
                }
            }
        }
    } else {
        if(hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated) {
            /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
             * the end of the routines. */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

5756
            msec_delay_irq(20);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779

            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
                ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
                if(ret_val)
                    return ret_val;

                phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
                phy_data |=  IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_SIGN_EXT_9_BITS;

                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,dsp_reg_array[i], phy_data);
                if(ret_val)
                    return ret_val;
            }

            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

5780
            msec_delay_irq(20);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804

            /* Now enable the transmitter */
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
        }

        if(hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active) {
            /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
             * the end of the routines. */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

5805
            msec_delay_irq(20);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820

            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_DEFAULT);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

5821
            msec_delay_irq(20);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887

            /* Now enable the transmitter */
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
        }
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 * Set PHY to class A mode
 * Assumes the following operations will follow to enable the new class mode.
 *  1. Do a PHY soft reset
 *  2. Restart auto-negotiation or force link.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 ****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t eeprom_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_mode");

    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) &&
       (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_WORD, 1, &eeprom_data);
        if(ret_val) {
            return ret_val;
        }

        if((eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) &&
           (eeprom_data & EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_A)) {
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x000B);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x8104);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
        }
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 * This function sets the lplu state according to the active flag.  When
 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ****************************************************************************/

5888
static int32_t
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895
e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                        boolean_t active)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d3_lplu_state");

5896
    if(hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_2)
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5897 5898 5899 5900 5901
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    /* During driver activity LPLU should not be used or it will attain link
     * from the lowest speeds starting from 10Mbps. The capability is used for
     * Dx transitions and states */
5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    } else {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5908 5909
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925
    }

    if(!active) {
        if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
           hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        } else {
                phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
                                              phy_data);
                if (ret_val)
                    return ret_val;
        }
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958

        /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive.  LPLU is used during
         * Dx states where the power conservation is most important.  During
         * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
         * maintained. */
        if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                         &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                          phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                         &phy_data);
	    if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                          phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }

    } else if((hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT) ||
              (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_ALL ) ||
              (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL)) {

5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000
        if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
           hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        } else {
                phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
                                              phy_data);
                if (ret_val)
                    return ret_val;
        }

        /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 * This function sets the lplu d0 state according to the active flag.  When
 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ****************************************************************************/

6001
static int32_t
6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012
e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                        boolean_t active)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d0_lplu_state");

    if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
6013 6014 6015
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057
    if (!active) {
            phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

        /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive.  LPLU is used during
         * Dx states where the power conservation is most important.  During
         * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
         * maintained. */
        if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                         &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                          phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                         &phy_data);
	    if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                          phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }


    } else {
 
            phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;   
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135
        /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Change VCO speed register to improve Bit Error Rate performance of SERDES.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t  ret_val;
    uint16_t default_page = 0;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_vco_speed");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
       break;
    default:
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    }

    /* Set PHY register 30, page 5, bit 8 to 0 */

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, &default_page);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0005);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT8;
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* Set PHY register 30, page 4, bit 11 to 1 */

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0004);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_data |= M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT11;
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, default_page);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146
/*****************************************************************************
 * This function reads the cookie from ARC ram.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_SUCCESS .
 ****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer)
{
    uint8_t i;
    uint32_t offset = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_OFFSET; 
    uint8_t length = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH;
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
6147

6148 6149
    length = (length >> 2);
    offset = (offset >> 2);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
6150

6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167
    for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
        *((uint32_t *) buffer + i) =
            E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i);
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function checks whether the HOST IF is enabled for command operaton
 * and also checks whether the previous command is completed.
 * It busy waits in case of previous command is not completed.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND in case if is not ready or 
 *            timeout
 *          - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
 ****************************************************************************/
6168
static int32_t
6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201
e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw * hw)
{
    uint32_t hicr;
    uint8_t i;

    /* Check that the host interface is enabled. */
    hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
    if ((hicr & E1000_HICR_EN) == 0) {
        DEBUGOUT("E1000_HOST_EN bit disabled.\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
    }
    /* check the previous command is completed */
    for (i = 0; i < E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
        hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
        if (!(hicr & E1000_HICR_C))
            break;
        msec_delay_irq(1);
    }

    if (i == E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT) { 
        DEBUGOUT("Previous command timeout failed .\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 * This function writes the buffer content at the offset given on the host if.
 * It also does alignment considerations to do the writes in most efficient way.
 * Also fills up the sum of the buffer in *buffer parameter.
 *
 * returns  - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
 ****************************************************************************/
6202
static int32_t
6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269
e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
                        uint16_t length, uint16_t offset, uint8_t *sum)
{
    uint8_t *tmp;
    uint8_t *bufptr = buffer;
    uint32_t data;
    uint16_t remaining, i, j, prev_bytes;

    /* sum = only sum of the data and it is not checksum */

    if (length == 0 || offset + length > E1000_HI_MAX_MNG_DATA_LENGTH) {
        return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
    }

    tmp = (uint8_t *)&data;
    prev_bytes = offset & 0x3;
    offset &= 0xFFFC;
    offset >>= 2;

    if (prev_bytes) {
        data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset);
        for (j = prev_bytes; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
            *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
            *sum += *(tmp + j);
        }
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset, data);
        length -= j - prev_bytes;
        offset++;
    }

    remaining = length & 0x3;
    length -= remaining;

    /* Calculate length in DWORDs */
    length >>= 2;

    /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the
     * ram area. */
    for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
        for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
            *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
            *sum += *(tmp + j);
        }

        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
    }
    if (remaining) {
        for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
            if (j < remaining)
                *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
            else
                *(tmp + j) = 0;

            *sum += *(tmp + j);
        }
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function writes the command header after does the checksum calculation.
 *
 * returns  - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
 ****************************************************************************/
6270
static int32_t
6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307
e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw * hw,
                           struct e1000_host_mng_command_header * hdr)
{
    uint16_t i;
    uint8_t sum;
    uint8_t *buffer;

    /* Write the whole command header structure which includes sum of
     * the buffer */

    uint16_t length = sizeof(struct e1000_host_mng_command_header);

    sum = hdr->checksum;
    hdr->checksum = 0;

    buffer = (uint8_t *) hdr;
    i = length;
    while(i--)
        sum += buffer[i];

    hdr->checksum = 0 - sum;

    length >>= 2;
    /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the ram area. */
    for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, i, *((uint32_t *) hdr + i));

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function indicates to ARC that a new command is pending which completes
 * one write operation by the driver.
 *
 * returns  - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
 ****************************************************************************/
6308
static int32_t
6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 6476 6477 6478
e1000_mng_write_commit(
    struct e1000_hw * hw)
{
    uint32_t hicr;

    hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
    /* Setting this bit tells the ARC that a new command is pending. */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, hicr | E1000_HICR_C);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function checks the mode of the firmware.
 *
 * returns  - TRUE when the mode is IAMT or FALSE.
 ****************************************************************************/
boolean_t
e1000_check_mng_mode(
    struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t fwsm;

    fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);

    if((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
        (E1000_MNG_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
        return TRUE;

    return FALSE;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function writes the dhcp info .
 ****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_mng_write_dhcp_info(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
			  uint16_t length)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    struct e1000_host_mng_command_header hdr;

    hdr.command_id = E1000_MNG_DHCP_TX_PAYLOAD_CMD;
    hdr.command_length = length;
    hdr.reserved1 = 0;
    hdr.reserved2 = 0;
    hdr.checksum = 0;

    ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
    if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
        ret_val = e1000_mng_host_if_write(hw, buffer, length, sizeof(hdr),
                                          &(hdr.checksum));
        if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
            ret_val = e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(hw, &hdr);
            if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS)
                ret_val = e1000_mng_write_commit(hw);
        }
    }
    return ret_val;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function calculates the checksum.
 *
 * returns  - checksum of buffer contents.
 ****************************************************************************/
uint8_t
e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length)
{
    uint8_t sum = 0;
    uint32_t i;

    if (!buffer)
        return 0;

    for (i=0; i < length; i++)
        sum += buffer[i];

    return (uint8_t) (0 - sum);
}

/*****************************************************************************
 * This function checks whether tx pkt filtering needs to be enabled or not.
 *
 * returns  - TRUE for packet filtering or FALSE.
 ****************************************************************************/
boolean_t
e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    /* called in init as well as watchdog timer functions */

    int32_t ret_val, checksum;
    boolean_t tx_filter = FALSE;
    struct e1000_host_mng_dhcp_cookie *hdr = &(hw->mng_cookie);
    uint8_t *buffer = (uint8_t *) &(hw->mng_cookie);

    if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw)) {
        ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
        if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
            ret_val = e1000_host_if_read_cookie(hw, buffer);
            if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
                checksum = hdr->checksum;
                hdr->checksum = 0;
                if ((hdr->signature == E1000_IAMT_SIGNATURE) &&
                    checksum == e1000_calculate_mng_checksum((char *)buffer,
                                               E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH)) {
                    if (hdr->status &
                        E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_STATUS_PARSING_SUPPORT)
                        tx_filter = TRUE;
                } else
                    tx_filter = TRUE;
            } else
                tx_filter = TRUE;
        }
    }

    hw->tx_pkt_filtering = tx_filter;
    return tx_filter;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Verifies the hardware needs to allow ARPs to be processed by the host
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - TRUE/FALSE
 *
 *****************************************************************************/
uint32_t
e1000_enable_mng_pass_thru(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t manc;
    uint32_t fwsm, factps;

    if (hw->asf_firmware_present) {
        manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);

        if (!(manc & E1000_MANC_RCV_TCO_EN) ||
            !(manc & E1000_MANC_EN_MAC_ADDR_FILTER))
            return FALSE;
        if (e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(hw) == TRUE) {
            fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
            factps = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FACTPS);

            if (((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
                (e1000_mng_mode_pt << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT)) &&
                (factps & E1000_FACTPS_MNGCG))
                return TRUE;
        } else
            if ((manc & E1000_MANC_SMBUS_EN) && !(manc & E1000_MANC_ASF_EN))
                return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
}

static int32_t
e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t mii_status_reg;
    uint16_t i;

    /* Polarity reversal workaround for forced 10F/10H links. */

    /* Disable the transmitter on the PHY */

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
L
Linus Torvalds 已提交
6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541 6542 6543 6544 6545 6546 6547 6548 6549 6550 6551
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFFF);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* This loop will early-out if the NO link condition has been met. */
    for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
        /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
         * to be clear.
         */

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if((mii_status_reg & ~MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) == 0) break;
        msec_delay_irq(100);
    }

    /* Recommended delay time after link has been lost */
    msec_delay_irq(1000);

    /* Now we will re-enable th transmitter on the PHY */

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
    msec_delay_irq(50);
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFF0);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
    msec_delay_irq(50);
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFF00);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
    msec_delay_irq(50);
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x0000);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
    for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
        /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
         * to be set.
         */

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
        msec_delay_irq(100);
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 6557 6558 6559 6560
/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Disables PCI-Express master access.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - none.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
6561
static void
6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 6574 6575
e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable");

    if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
        return;

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
}

6576
#if 0
6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6597 6598 6599
/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Enables PCI-Express master access.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - none.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
void
e1000_enable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_enable_pciex_master");

    if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
        return;

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
}
6600
#endif  /*  0  */
6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619 6620 6621 6622 6623 6624 6625 6626 6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 6633 6634 6635 6636 6637 6638 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 6650

/*******************************************************************************
 *
 * Disables PCI-Express master access and verifies there are no pending requests
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING if master disable bit hasn't
 *            caused the master requests to be disabled.
 *            E1000_SUCCESS master requests disabled.
 *
 ******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_disable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t timeout = MASTER_DISABLE_TIMEOUT;   /* 80ms */

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_disable_pciex_master");

    if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(hw);

    while(timeout) {
        if(!(E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_GIO_MASTER_ENABLE))
            break;
        else
            udelay(100);
        timeout--;
    }

    if(!timeout) {
        DEBUGOUT("Master requests are pending.\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*******************************************************************************
 *
 * Check for EEPROM Auto Read bit done.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ******************************************************************************/
6651
static int32_t
6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661
e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t timeout = AUTO_READ_DONE_TIMEOUT;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_auto_rd_done");

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    default:
        msec_delay(5);
        break;
6662 6663
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677
    case e1000_82573:
        while(timeout) {
            if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_AUTO_RD) break;
            else msec_delay(1);
            timeout--;
        }

        if(!timeout) {
            DEBUGOUT("Auto read by HW from EEPROM has not completed.\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
        }
        break;
    }

J
Jeff Kirsher 已提交
6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683
    /* PHY configuration from NVM just starts after EECD_AUTO_RD sets to high.
     * Need to wait for PHY configuration completion before accessing NVM
     * and PHY. */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573)
        msec_delay(25);

6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/***************************************************************************
 * Checks if the PHY configuration is done
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
6696
static int32_t
6697 6698
e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
6699 6700 6701
    int32_t timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
    uint32_t cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE;

6702 6703
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_phy_cfg_done");

6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 6709 6710 6711 6712 6713 6714 6715 6716 6717 6718 6719 6720 6721 6722 6723
    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    default:
        msec_delay(10);
        break;
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
        while (timeout) {
            if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEMNGCTL) & cfg_mask)
                break;
            else
                msec_delay(1);
            timeout--;
        }

        if (!timeout) {
            DEBUGOUT("MNG configuration cycle has not completed.\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
        }
        break;
    }
6724

6725 6726 6727 6728 6729 6730
    /* PHY configuration from NVM just starts after EECD_AUTO_RD sets to high.
     * Need to wait for PHY configuration completion before accessing NVM
     * and PHY. */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573)
        msec_delay(25);

6731 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Using the combination of SMBI and SWESMBI semaphore bits when resetting
 * adapter or Eeprom access.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_EEPROM if fail to access EEPROM.
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
6745
static int32_t
6746 6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 6759 6760 6761 6762 6763 6764 6765 6766 6767 6768 6769 6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784 6785 6786 6787 6788 6789
e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t timeout;
    uint32_t swsm;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore");

    if(!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;


    /* Get the FW semaphore. */
    timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
    while(timeout) {
        swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
        swsm |= E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
        /* if we managed to set the bit we got the semaphore. */
        swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
        if(swsm & E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI)
            break;

        udelay(50);
        timeout--;
    }

    if(!timeout) {
        /* Release semaphores */
        e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
        DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access the Eeprom - SWESMBI bit is set.\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/***************************************************************************
 * This function clears HW semaphore bits.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - None.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
6790
static void
6791 6792 6793 6794 6795 6796 6797 6798 6799 6800
e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t swsm;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore");

    if(!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
        return;

    swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
6801
        swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
6802 6803 6804 6805 6806 6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Checks if PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session, for example.
 * Returning E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET isn't necessarily an error.  But it's up to
 * the caller to figure out how to deal with it.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET
 *            E1000_SUCCESS
 *
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_check_phy_reset_block(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t manc = 0;
    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82547_rev_2)
        manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
    return (manc & E1000_MANC_BLK_PHY_RST_ON_IDE) ?
	    E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET : E1000_SUCCESS;
}

6826
static uint8_t
6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 6834 6835 6836
e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t fwsm;

    /* On 8257x silicon, registers in the range of 0x8800 - 0x8FFC
     * may not be provided a DMA clock when no manageability features are
     * enabled.  We do not want to perform any reads/writes to these registers
     * if this is the case.  We read FWSM to determine the manageability mode.
     */
    switch (hw->mac_type) {
6837 6838
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851
    case e1000_82573:
        fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
        if((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) != 0)
            return TRUE;
        break;
    default:
        break;
    }
    return FALSE;
}